WO2008003069A2 - Flavored and edible colored fluids for printing on edible substrate - Google Patents
Flavored and edible colored fluids for printing on edible substrate Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008003069A2 WO2008003069A2 PCT/US2007/072416 US2007072416W WO2008003069A2 WO 2008003069 A2 WO2008003069 A2 WO 2008003069A2 US 2007072416 W US2007072416 W US 2007072416W WO 2008003069 A2 WO2008003069 A2 WO 2008003069A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- food grade
- fluid
- flavored
- colored
- fluids
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 919
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 180
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 title description 69
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 583
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 193
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 193
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 115
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 111
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 103
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 60
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 238000007641 inkjet printing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 234
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 130
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 125
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 115
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 88
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 claims description 79
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 claims description 68
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 68
- -1 polyol esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 64
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 claims description 58
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 53
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 claims description 53
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 244000299461 Theobroma cacao Species 0.000 claims description 31
- 235000019219 chocolate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 30
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 229910017053 inorganic salt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 27
- 235000014510 cooky Nutrition 0.000 claims description 25
- 235000012970 cakes Nutrition 0.000 claims description 21
- 235000011888 snacks Nutrition 0.000 claims description 19
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 claims description 18
- 235000015243 ice cream Nutrition 0.000 claims description 18
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 235000009499 Vanilla fragrans Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- 244000263375 Vanilla tahitensis Species 0.000 claims description 14
- 235000012036 Vanilla tahitensis Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- 235000012495 crackers Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- 244000208874 Althaea officinalis Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000006576 Althaea officinalis Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000001035 marshmallow Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000013351 cheese Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000015108 pies Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000013372 meat Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 241001137251 Corvidae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000015278 beef Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000012180 bread and bread product Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000015218 chewing gum Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940112822 chewing gum Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000011869 dried fruits Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000012459 muffins Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000015927 pasta Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000013550 pizza Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000012773 waffles Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000013618 yogurt Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000011494 fruit snacks Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000015496 breakfast cereal Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000011850 desserts Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000014089 extruded snacks Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000015168 fish fingers Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000019692 hotdogs Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000012771 pancakes Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000012434 pretzels Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000011962 puddings Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000012776 toaster pastry Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 132
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 74
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 54
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 47
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 45
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 33
- 235000016623 Fragaria vesca Nutrition 0.000 description 30
- 240000009088 Fragaria x ananassa Species 0.000 description 30
- 235000011363 Fragaria x ananassa Nutrition 0.000 description 30
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 27
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 21
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 20
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 19
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 229930182559 Natural dye Natural products 0.000 description 16
- 239000000978 natural dye Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 15
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 14
- 244000172533 Viola sororia Species 0.000 description 13
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 239000000979 synthetic dye Substances 0.000 description 13
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000008534 Capsicum annuum var annuum Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 235000009754 Vitis X bourquina Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 235000012333 Vitis X labruscana Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 240000006365 Vitis vinifera Species 0.000 description 9
- 235000014787 Vitis vinifera Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 9
- PZNPLUBHRSSFHT-RRHRGVEJSA-N 1-hexadecanoyl-2-octadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PZNPLUBHRSSFHT-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 240000008384 Capsicum annuum var. annuum Species 0.000 description 8
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 240000005561 Musa balbisiana Species 0.000 description 8
- 235000018290 Musa x paradisiaca Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 8
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000012177 snack cakes Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 235000012730 carminic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008821 health effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241000234282 Allium Species 0.000 description 6
- 235000002732 Allium cepa var. cepa Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- SGHZXLIDFTYFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Brilliant Blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 SGHZXLIDFTYFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- XSEOYPMPHHCUBN-FGYWBSQSSA-N hydroxylated lecithin Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)COC(=O)CCCCCCC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CCCCCCCC XSEOYPMPHHCUBN-FGYWBSQSSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000012184 tortilla Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 241000207199 Citrus Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 5
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl alcohol Substances CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008370 chocolate flavor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000020971 citrus fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000015142 cultured sour cream Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000015192 vegetable juice Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 240000002234 Allium sativum Species 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 4
- 244000223760 Cinnamomum zeylanicum Species 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 240000001972 Gardenia jasminoides Species 0.000 description 4
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001290151 Prunus avium subsp. avium Species 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010208 anthocyanin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000004410 anthocyanin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930002877 anthocyanin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 150000004636 anthocyanins Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000012791 bagels Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000015895 biscuits Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000008429 bread Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000017803 cinnamon Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000004611 garlic Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000012907 honey Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000974 natural food coloring agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013618 particulate matter Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003784 tall oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000013975 turmeric oleoresin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008371 vanilla flavor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 244000144725 Amygdalus communis Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000011437 Amygdalus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000099147 Ananas comosus Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000007119 Ananas comosus Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000016068 Berberis vulgaris Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000335053 Beta vulgaris Species 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000009025 Carya illinoensis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000068645 Carya illinoensis Species 0.000 description 3
- 244000089742 Citrus aurantifolia Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000008733 Citrus aurantifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000005979 Citrus limon Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000131522 Citrus pyriformis Species 0.000 description 3
- 244000228088 Cola acuminata Species 0.000 description 3
- 244000241257 Cucumis melo Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000009847 Cucumis melo var cantalupensis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000000626 Daucus carota Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000002767 Daucus carota Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Fast green FCF Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC(O)=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 240000004658 Medicago sativa Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000017587 Medicago sativa ssp. sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 240000001890 Ribes hudsonianum Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000016954 Ribes hudsonianum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000001466 Ribes nigrum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000235659 Rubus idaeus Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000009337 Spinacia oleracea Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000300264 Spinacia oleracea Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000004376 Sucralose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 244000274883 Urtica dioica Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000009108 Urtica dioica Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000078534 Vaccinium myrtillus Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000020224 almond Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000015241 bacon Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000013405 beer Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- VQLYBLABXAHUDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(4-fluorophenyl)-methyl-(1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)silane;methyl n-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=C1.C=1C=C(F)C=CC=1[Si](C=1C=CC(F)=CC=1)(C)CN1C=NC=N1 VQLYBLABXAHUDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001045 blue dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004106 carminic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- DGQLVPJVXFOQEV-JNVSTXMASA-N carminic acid Chemical compound OC1=C2C(=O)C=3C(C)=C(C(O)=O)C(O)=CC=3C(=O)C2=C(O)C(O)=C1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O DGQLVPJVXFOQEV-JNVSTXMASA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229930002875 chlorophyll Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M chlorophyll a Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C(=O)OC)C(=O)C2=C3C)=C2N2C3=CC(C(CC)=C3C)=[N+]4C3=CC3=C(C=C)C(C)=C5N3[Mg-2]42[N+]2=C1[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H](C)C2=C5 ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008368 mint flavor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000021491 salty snack Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000001674 Agaricus brunnescens Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000144730 Amygdalus persica Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000017060 Arachis glabrata Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000018262 Arachis monticola Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241001444063 Aronia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910001369 Brass Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011301 Brassica oleracea var capitata Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000178937 Brassica oleracea var. capitata Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000004936 Bromus mango Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000002566 Capsicum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241001672694 Citrus reticulata Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000284156 Clerodendrum quadriloculare Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000016795 Cola Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011824 Cola pachycarpa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000005956 Cosmos caudatus Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000293323 Cosmos caudatus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 244000017020 Ipomoea batatas Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000002678 Ipomoea batatas Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N Linoleic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014826 Mangifera indica Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000007228 Mangifera indica Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000005135 Micromeria juliana Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000006002 Pepper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 240000008474 Pimenta dioica Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000016761 Piper aduncum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000003889 Piper guineense Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000017804 Piper guineense Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000008184 Piper nigrum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000006040 Prunus persica var persica Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000014441 Prunus serotina Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000508269 Psidium Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000011034 Rubus glaucus Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000009122 Rubus idaeus Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000018735 Sambucus canadensis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000151637 Sambucus canadensis Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000007315 Satureja hortensis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000002114 Satureja hortensis Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010039509 Scab Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000009184 Spondias indica Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011941 Tilia x europaea Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000003095 Vaccinium corymbosum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000017537 Vaccinium myrtillus Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000154870 Viola adunca Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000005811 Viola adunca Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013487 Viola odorata Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000002254 Viola papilionacea Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000219094 Vitaceae Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000195452 Wasabia japonica Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000000760 Wasabia japonica Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QVMWAGAIJGMTCD-UHFFFAOYSA-E [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O.[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O.[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O.[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O.[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O QVMWAGAIJGMTCD-UHFFFAOYSA-E 0.000 description 2
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000619 acesulfame-K Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003868 ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXVOCOLRQJZVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;ethanol Chemical class N.CCO ZXVOCOLRQJZVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021028 berry Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000007123 blue elder Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000021014 blueberries Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000010951 brass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014121 butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940114118 carminic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019993 champagne Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010675 chips/crisps Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000016213 coffee Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013353 coffee beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N curcumin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(\C=C\C(=O)CC(=O)\C=C\C=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011950 custard Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WMPOZLHMGVKUEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanedioyl dichloride Chemical class ClC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(Cl)=O WMPOZLHMGVKUEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical class CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019329 dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000007124 elderberry Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000008995 european elder Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010946 fine silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003948 formamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000015203 fruit juice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003517 fume Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000021474 generally recognized As safe (food) Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000021472 generally recognized as safe Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000021473 generally recognized as safe (food ingredients) Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014168 granola/muesli bars Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000021021 grapes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000416 hydrocolloid Substances 0.000 description 2
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron Chemical compound [H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019223 lemon-lime Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000020778 linoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N linoleic acid Natural products CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002932 luster Substances 0.000 description 2
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 2
- HMMGMWAXVFQUOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane Chemical compound C[Si]1(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O1 HMMGMWAXVFQUOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CXQXSVUQTKDNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octamethyltrisiloxane Chemical class C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C CXQXSVUQTKDNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000020232 peanut Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010483 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000249 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010988 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001816 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000015277 pork Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013606 potato chips Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000021067 refined food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013580 sausages Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020374 simple syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000779 smoke Substances 0.000 description 2
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013599 spices Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- BAQAVOSOZGMPRM-QBMZZYIRSA-N sucralose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](Cl)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@]1(CCl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CCl)O1 BAQAVOSOZGMPRM-QBMZZYIRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019408 sucralose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- CCEKAJIANROZEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfluramid Chemical group CCNS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F CCEKAJIANROZEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000012789 taco shells Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3S)-octan-3-ol Natural products CCCCCC(O)CC NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CO YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVYHWGDANKJLIW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-n,2-n,8-n,8-n-tetraethyl-10-phenylphenazin-10-ium-2,8-diamine;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C12=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2N=C2C=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC2=[N+]1C1=CC=CC=C1 OVYHWGDANKJLIW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MIDXCONKKJTLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethylcyclopentane-1,2-dione Chemical compound CC1CC(C)C(=O)C1=O MIDXCONKKJTLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCAHUFWKIQLBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-methoxypropoxy)propan-1-ol Chemical compound COCCCOCCCO QCAHUFWKIQLBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000208140 Acer Species 0.000 description 1
- WBZFUFAFFUEMEI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acesulfame k Chemical compound [K+].CC1=CC(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)O1 WBZFUFAFFUEMEI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000009434 Actinidia chinensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000298697 Actinidia deliciosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009436 Actinidia deliciosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PLXMOAALOJOTIY-FPTXNFDTSA-N Aesculin Natural products OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1Oc2cc3C=CC(=O)Oc3cc2O PLXMOAALOJOTIY-FPTXNFDTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007087 Apium graveolens Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000015849 Apium graveolens Dulce Group Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010591 Appio Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018185 Betula X alpestris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018212 Betula X uliginosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000009467 Carica papaya Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000006432 Carica papaya Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723418 Carya Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000579895 Chlorostilbon Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000037364 Cinnamomum aromaticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014489 Cinnamomum aromaticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000241235 Citrullus lanatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012828 Citrullus lanatus var citroides Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000000560 Citrus x paradisi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000252203 Clupea harengus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001454694 Clupeiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-OUBTZVSYSA-N Cobalt-60 Chemical compound [60Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010205 Cola acuminata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015438 Cola nitida Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000949463 Correa reflexa Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000009226 Corylus americana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000001543 Corylus americana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000007466 Corylus avellana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SEBIKDIMAPSUBY-ARYZWOCPSA-N Crocin Chemical compound C([C@H]1O[C@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O)O)OC(=O)C(C)=CC=CC(C)=C\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(C)C(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)O1)O)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SEBIKDIMAPSUBY-ARYZWOCPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008067 Cucumis sativus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010799 Cucumis sativus var sativus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003392 Curcuma domestica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000008991 Curcuma longa Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238557 Decapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000940 FEMA 2235 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000013628 Lantana involucrata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000005183 Lantana involucrata Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000017858 Laurus nobilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000006679 Mentha X verticillata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014749 Mentha crispa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000016247 Mentha requienii Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000003321 Mentha requienii Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000078639 Mentha spicata Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002899 Mentha suaveolens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000001636 Mentha x rotundifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006677 Monarda citriodora ssp. austromontana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000581835 Monodora junodii Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000227633 Ocotea pretiosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004263 Ocotea pretiosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000845082 Panama Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000370 Passiflora edulis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000288157 Passiflora edulis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011266 Passiflora quadrangularis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000179684 Passiflora quadrangularis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000556 Paullinia cupana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000003444 Paullinia cupana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004348 Perilla frutescens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000124853 Perilla frutescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000218657 Picea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006990 Pimenta dioica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003447 Pistacia vera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000006711 Pistacia vera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494501 Prosopis <angiosperm> Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000001560 Prosopis chilensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014460 Prosopis juliflora var juliflora Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000009827 Prunus armeniaca Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000018633 Prunus armeniaca Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010401 Prunus avium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013647 Prunus pensylvanica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007942 Prunus pensylvanica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006029 Prunus persica var nucipersica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000017714 Prunus persica var. nucipersica Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000008296 Prunus serotina Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000294611 Punica granatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014360 Punica granatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014443 Pyrus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000001987 Pyrus communis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000178231 Rosmarinus officinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001412173 Rubus canescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003942 Rubus occidentalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000111388 Rubus occidentalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001125046 Sardina pilchardus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008981 Smilax officinalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002493 Smilax officinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 244000223014 Syzygium aromaticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016639 Syzygium aromaticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000004584 Tamarindus indica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004298 Tamarindus indica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005212 Terminalia tomentosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000125380 Terminalia tomentosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009470 Theobroma cacao Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000001717 Vaccinium macrocarpon Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012545 Vaccinium macrocarpon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002118 Vaccinium oxycoccus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000276425 Xiphophorus maculatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006886 Zingiber officinale Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000273928 Zingiber officinale Species 0.000 description 1
- IJCWFDPJFXGQBN-RYNSOKOISA-N [(2R)-2-[(2R,3R,4S)-4-hydroxy-3-octadecanoyloxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-octadecanoyloxyethyl] octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IJCWFDPJFXGQBN-RYNSOKOISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007961 artificial flavoring substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012019 baked potatoes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011805 ball Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021420 balsamic vinegar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012677 beetroot red Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013532 brandy Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015155 buttermilk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020289 caffè mocha Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010376 calcium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011692 calcium ascorbate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940047036 calcium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BLORRZQTHNGFTI-ZZMNMWMASA-L calcium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] BLORRZQTHNGFTI-ZZMNMWMASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013736 caramel Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004106 citric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020639 clam Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080423 cochineal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020186 condensed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004634 cranberry Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003373 curcuma longa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001081 curcuma longa l. root oleoresin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012754 curcumin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004148 curcumin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940109262 curcumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013365 dairy product Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005137 deposition process Methods 0.000 description 1
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diferuloylmethane Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C=CC(=O)CC(=O)C=CC=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHAIUSTWZPMYGG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2,2-dioctyl-3-sulfobutanedioate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].CCCCCCCCC(C([O-])=O)(C(C([O-])=O)S(O)(=O)=O)CCCCCCCC YHAIUSTWZPMYGG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960000878 docusate sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010976 emerald Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052876 emerald Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015244 frankfurter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008369 fruit flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009627 gardenia yellow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013531 gin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000008397 ginger Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014080 ginger ale Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002343 gold Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013761 grape skin extract Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015810 grayleaf red raspberry Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIGJWIPKAWAGCE-UHFFFAOYSA-L gun blue Chemical compound Cl.[Cu+2].O[Se](=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O KIGJWIPKAWAGCE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002505 iron Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYZCLUQMCYZBJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-H lead(2+);dicarbonate;dihydroxide Chemical class [OH-].[OH-].[Pb+2].[Pb+2].[Pb+2].[O-]C([O-])=O.[O-]C([O-])=O RYZCLUQMCYZBJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 235000015122 lemonade Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000020094 liqueur Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000020162 malted milk drink Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013379 molasses Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AJDUTMFFZHIJEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl)-4-[4-[[4-[4-[(9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl)carbamoyl]phenyl]phenyl]diazenyl]phenyl]benzamide Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2NC(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(C=C1)=CC=C1N=NC(C=C1)=CC=C1C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O AJDUTMFFZHIJEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001208 nuclear magnetic resonance pulse sequence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014571 nuts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008601 oleoresin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BWOROQSFKKODDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxobismuth;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.[Bi]=O BWOROQSFKKODDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013500 performance material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020461 pink lemonade Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020233 pistachio Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001197 polyacetylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010235 potassium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004300 potassium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940103091 potassium benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001508 potassium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002635 potassium citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QEEAPRPFLLJWCF-UHFFFAOYSA-K potassium citrate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O QEEAPRPFLLJWCF-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000011082 potassium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019684 potato crisps Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001223 reverse osmosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021572 root beer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013533 rum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002020 sage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020050 sangria Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014102 seafood Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010802 sludge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003885 sodium benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium docusate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940057950 sodium laureth sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011078 sorbitan tristearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001589 sorbitan tristearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004129 sorbitan tristearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008347 soybean phospholipid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015096 spirit Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020354 squash Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013529 tequila Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002640 tocopherol group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019149 tocopherols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015149 toffees Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000008371 tortilla/corn chips Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013976 turmeric Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020047 vermouth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021419 vinegar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000052 vinegar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015041 whisky Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014101 wine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001043 yellow dye Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D11/00—Inks
- C09D11/30—Inkjet printing inks
- C09D11/38—Inkjet printing inks characterised by non-macromolecular additives other than solvents, pigments or dyes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A23—FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
- A23G—COCOA; COCOA PRODUCTS, e.g. CHOCOLATE; SUBSTITUTES FOR COCOA OR COCOA PRODUCTS; CONFECTIONERY; CHEWING GUM; ICE-CREAM; PREPARATION THEREOF
- A23G3/00—Sweetmeats; Confectionery; Marzipan; Coated or filled products
- A23G3/0002—Processes of manufacture not relating to composition and compounding ingredients
- A23G3/0097—Decorating sweetmeats or confectionery
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A23—FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
- A23L—FOODS, FOODSTUFFS OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; PREPARATION OR TREATMENT THEREOF
- A23L27/00—Spices; Flavouring agents or condiments; Artificial sweetening agents; Table salts; Dietetic salt substitutes; Preparation or treatment thereof
- A23L27/70—Fixation, conservation, or encapsulation of flavouring agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A23—FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
- A23L—FOODS, FOODSTUFFS OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; PREPARATION OR TREATMENT THEREOF
- A23L5/00—Preparation or treatment of foods or foodstuffs, in general; Food or foodstuffs obtained thereby; Materials therefor
- A23L5/40—Colouring or decolouring of foods
- A23L5/42—Addition of dyes or pigments, e.g. in combination with optical brighteners
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D11/00—Inks
- C09D11/30—Inkjet printing inks
Definitions
- Ink-jet printing has the potential to revolutionize the food industry by providing a novel way to apply ink-jettable fluids to the surfaces of food items.
- a way to precision deposit edible flavored and colored fluids to the surfaces of food items is sought.
- this invention provides an economical and efficient way to impart flavor and color to edible substrates using ink-jet ink and precision deposition technology.
- a method of imparting flavor to an edible substrate by precision depositing a first food grade flavored fluid onto a surface of an edible substrate is provided.
- a method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate by ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid, where the food grade colored fluid includes a food grade dye, a food grade glycol, and a surface tension modifier to create an image and spraying a food grade flavored fluid onto the edible substrate is provided.
- a method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate by ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid to create an image and spraying a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol onto the edible substrate is provided.
- Fig. 1 is a frontal view of a sprayer
- FIG. 2 is a side view of the sprayer in Fig. 1 illustrating a spray pattern
- Fig. 3 is a first configuration of a spraying system including the sprayer of Fig. 1;
- Fig. 4 is a second configuration of a spraying system including the sprayer of Fig. l;
- Fig. 5 is the sprayer of Fig. 1 mounted at an angle
- Fig. 6 shows two control signals to operate a spraying system.
- Described below are food grade flavored fluids for use in printing on edible . substrates, methods for applying the food grade flavored fluids directly to edible substrates, and edible substrates having the flavored fluids applied thereto.
- the food grade flavored fluids are typically made from food grade flavors and glycols and optionally water and/or glycerine.
- the food grade flavored fluids have characteristics that render them suitable for printing directly onto the surfaces of a variety of edible substrates.
- Formulations of the present invention should be or have at least one of the following: food grade ingredients; compatibility with the food surfaces onto which they will be applied; and properties (e.g., viscosities, surface tensions, smear resistance, solubilities, drying times) that make them suitable for use with ink-jet printers.
- the food grade flavored fluids are suitable for use with a variety of ink-jet printers, such as Continuous Ink Jet (CIJ), Drop-on-Demand Valve (DoD Valve), Drop-on-Demand Piezo-Electric (DoD Piezo) and Thermal Ink Jet (TIJ).
- the food grade flavored fluids are suitable for printing with a variety of piezo and thermal printheads.
- any numerical range recited herein includes all values from the lower value to the upper value. For example, if a concentration range is stated as 1% to 50%, it is intended that values such as 2% to 40%, 10% to 30%, or 1% to 3%, etc., are expressly enumerated in this specification. These are only examples of what is specifically intended, and all possible combinations of numerical values between and including the lowest value and the highest value enumerated are to be considered to be expressly stated in this application.
- food grade means that up to specified amounts of the flavored fluids or individual ingredients making up the flavored fluid can be ingested by a human without generally causing deleterious health effects. Therefore, in order to meet the standard of a "food grade" flavored fluid, the flavored fluid should be free or substantially free of ingredients that generally cause deleterious health effects when ingested by a human. When such ingredients are present, e.g., in trace amounts through contamination, those ingredients should be present in amounts below those that would result in the deleterious health effects.
- Examples of food grade ingredients include those ingredients “generally recognized as safe” (“GRAS”) by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and flavors approved by the FDA for use in foods for human consumption.
- food safe ingredients include those ingredients listed as approved under 21 C.F.R. ⁇ 172.510, 172.515, 172.520, 172.530, 172.535, 172.575, 172.580 and 172.585.
- edible substrates include any material suitable for consumption that is capable of having a flavor disposed thereon.
- edible substrates onto which the food grade flavored fluids may be printed include snack chips (e.g., sliced potato chips), fabricated snacks (e.g., fabricated chips such as tortilla chips, potato chips, potato crisps), extruded snacks, cookies, cakes, chewing gum, candy, various bread products (e.g., biscuits, toast, buns, bagels, and tortillas), fruit, dried fruit, beef jerky, crackers, pasta, hot dogs, sliced meats, cheese, pancakes, waffles, dried fruit film, breakfast cereals, toaster pastries, ice cream cones, ice cream, gelatin, ice cream sandwiches, ice pops, yogurt, desserts, cheese cake, pies, cup cakes, English muffins, pizza, pies, meat patties, fish sticks, chocolate, hard candy, iced cakes
- snack chips e.g., sliced potato chips
- fabricated snacks e.g., fabricated chips such
- edible substrates may include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutical applications and pet food applications (e.g., pet treats, snacks, and food). Although any substrate may be combined with any food grade flavored fluid, some substrates may be more compatible than others with a particular food grade flavored fluid. In one embodiment, the edible substrate excludes edible films.
- the surface of the edible substrate onto which the food grade flavored fluids are applied may be a porous surface which facilitates the absorption of the food grade flavored fluids by the surface, hastening drying.
- the term "porous surface” is intended to include any surface having sufficient porosity to allow the food grade flavored fluids to be at least partially absorbed.
- the food grade flavored fluids may also be applied to nonporous edible surfaces, including gelcapsules, gelatin-based roll-ups and other semi to nonporous materials.
- An optional drying step may be employed when applying to nonporous edible substrates, after the flavored fluid has been applied.
- the above substrates are typically associated with human consumption, it should be understood that any substrate fit for human or animal consumption may be used. Additional examples may include dog bones and dog biscuits.
- the food grade flavored fluids may comprise food grade glycol, which acts as a solvent and may account for a large part of the flavored fluid.
- the food grade glycol may account for at least about 10 wt. % of the flavored fluid.
- Examples of the food grade glycol include 1 ,2-propanediol, propylene glycol, and combinations thereof.
- food grade thickeners such as sugar syrup, potassium tricitrate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose (e.g., Akucell AF 1705 from Akzo Nobel), and hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel EF from Hercules Inc.) may be used in addition to the food grade glycols or as a partial or complete replacement for the food grade glycols in the flavored fluid.
- Glycerine, water, or a mixture of glycerine and water may optionally be used as co-solvents along with the food grade glycol.
- Glycerine provides low volatility and may assist in solubilizing some of the food grade flavors. As such, glycerine helps prevent the food grade flavors from solidifying out of solution, crusting onto and clogging jetting nozzles.
- glycerine When glycerine is used as a co-solvent, it is typically present in an amount of at least about 1 wt. % of the food grade flavored fluid. This includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 10 wt. %, further includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 20 wt. %, still further includes embodiments where the glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 30 wt.
- the glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 45 wt. %.
- the amount of glycerin present, if any, will depend on a variety of factors, including the extent to which the food grade flavors are soluble in the food grade glycols. Thus, some of the flavored fluids may contain a relatively small amount of glycerine (e.g. about 2 to 10 wt. %) and others may contain a larger amount of glycerine (e.g. about 30 to 45 wt. %). In still other embodiments, glycerine is present in intermediate quantities (e.g. about 12 to 18 wt. %). In one exemplary embodiment, the food grade flavored fluids contain at least about 70 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
- the food grade flavored fluids may comprise up to about 90 wt. % water, depending upon the type of ink jet method employed.
- the food grade flavored fluids may be prepared with a relatively high water content.
- the flavored fluids may contain at least about 50 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contains at least about 65 wt. % water, and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids may contain at least about 75 wt. % water.
- Food grade flavored fluids having a relatively high water content are particularly suited to valve jet printing methods.
- the food grade flavored fluid comprises about 50 to 90 wt. % water.
- the food grade flavored fluids may also be prepared with a low water content.
- the flavored fluids may contain no more than about 35 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain no more than about 20 wt. % water, and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain no more than about 5 wt. % water.
- the food grade flavored fluids may be free of or substantially free of water, e.g., having a water content of no more than about 1 wt. %.
- water can be added, water may be due solely or partially to water absorbed from the air under humid conditions and/or water may be introduced as an impurity or minor component of one of the solvents or additives that make up the flavored fluids. It is advantageous to limit the amount of water present in the flavored fluids because a high water content tends to decrease the viscosity of the fluids, rendering them less suitable for use in some printing applications, such as ink-jet printing applications where elevated jetting temperatures are used.
- the food grade flavored fluids contain about 25 to 95 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, about 3 to 40 wt. % glycerine and no more than about 35 wt. % water.
- the food grade flavors used to produce the food grade flavored fluids may be synthetic or artificial flavors, natural flavors or any mixture thereof.
- the food grade flavors may include any flavors which are soluble in at least one of a food grade glycol, glycerine, water, or mixtures thereof.
- suitable flavors include almond, amaretto, apple, green apple, apple-cherry-berry, apple-honey, apricot, bacon, balls of fire, banana, barbeque, beef, roast beef, beef steak, berry, berry blue, birch beer/spruce beer, blackberry, bloody mary, blueberry, boysenberry, brandy, bubble bum, butter, butter pecan, buttermilk, butterscotch, candy corn, cantaloupe, cantaloupe lime, caramel, carrot, cassia, caviar, celery, cereal, champagne, cherry, cherry cola, cherry maraschino, wild cherry, black cherry, red cherry, cherry-cola, chicken, chocolate, chocolate almond, cinnamon spice, citrus, citrus blend, citrus-strawberry, clam, cocoa, coconut, toasted coconut, coffee, coffee almond, cola, cola-vanilla, cookies & cream, cool, cotton candy, cranberry, cranberry-raspberry, cream, cream soda, dairy type cream, creme de
- flavors are found in 21 C.F.R. ⁇ 172.510, 172.515, 172.520, 172.530, 172.535, 172.575, 172.580 and 172.585, which are hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- a variety of food grade flavors are commercially available from Sensient Flavors Inc. in Indianapolis, Indiana, Givaudan SA in Cincinnati, Ohio, and International Flavors & Fragrance in New York, New York.
- the relative amount of the food grade flavors used in the food grade flavored fluids may vary depending on the desired flavor and the intensity of the flavor.
- the food grade flavored fluids will typically contain at least about 0.1 wt. % food grade flavor which includes other embodiments containing at least about 0.5 wt. %.
- the flavored fluids contain less than about 20.0 wt. %, in others less than about 10.0 wt. %, and in others less than about 5.0 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. %, and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % food grade flavor.
- the flavored fluids contain about 0.1 to 10.0 wt. % food grade flavor.
- the food grade flavored fluids may comprise other food grade additives such as surface tension modifiers, thickening agents, antioxidants, preservatives, buffering agents, anti-microbial agents, vitamins, and nutrients.
- additional additives will typically be present only in small quantities.
- these additional food grade additives may be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. % of the flavored fluid. This includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 5 wt. % and further includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 3 wt. %.
- additives include sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, sodium laurel sulfate, sodium laureth sulfate, sugar syrup, potassium tricitrate, hydro xypropyl methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose (e.g., Akucell AF 1705 from Akzo Nobel), hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel EF from Hercules Inc.), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), «-propyl gallate (PG), ascorbic acid (Vitamin C), sodium ascorbate, calcium ascorbate, tocopherols (e.g., extracted from cereals, oilseeds, nuts, and vegetables), spice extracts (e.g., clove, sage, oregano, rosemary, and allspice), methylparaben, propylparaben, sodium benzoate, and citric acid. Additional additives can be found in 21 C.F
- Food grade flavor fluid additives may also include synthetic dyes, natural dyes, pigments, pearlescent pigments, or combinations thereof.
- the term "dye” denotes dyes which are soluble in water and/or in the other co-solvents, comprising substantial amounts of glycols and/or glycerine, employed in the present flavored fluids.
- Suitable synthetic dyes for use in the present flavored fluids include food grade FD&C dyes, such as FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1, and FD&C Green #3, and their corresponding lakes.
- Suitable natural dyes include turmeric oleoresins, caramel color, cochineal extracts including carminic acid and its corresponding lake, gardenia extracts, beet extracts, and other natural colors derived from vegetable juices, and chlorophyll-containing extracts, such as nettle extract, alfalfa extract and spinach extract.
- Anthocyanins are another class of food grade dyes that may be used in the flavored fluids.
- the anthocyanins may be derived from a variety of plant sources, including fruit juices, elderberries, black currants, chokeberries, vegetable juices, black carrots, red cabbage, grapes and grape skins, and sweet potatoes.
- the use of a pearlescent pigment confers the ability to impart improved pearlescence to edible articles.
- the pearlescent pigment should be capable of meeting all government approved requirements for human consumption.
- these pearlescent pigments include those pigments having a mica, titanium oxide or iron oxide base.
- the pearlescent pigment comprises a micaceous pearlescent pigment, such as those containing mica coated with titanium dioxide, iron oxide, and combinations thereof.
- Other examples of pearlescent pigments include, but are not limited to, those available under the trade name Candurin ® from Merck KGaA and those set forth in PCT publication No. WO 00/03609, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a non-limiting list of suitable Candurin ® pearlescent pigment products include the following: silver fine, silver sheen, silver lustre, silver sparkle, gold shimmer, red shimmer, blue shimmer, green shimmer, gold sheen, light gold, gold lustre, brown amber, orange amber, red amber, red lustre, and red sparkle.
- pearlescent pigments include, but are not limited to, those available under the trade names Bi-Lite ® , Cellini ® , Chroma-Lite ® , Cloisonne ® , Cosmica ® , Desert Reflections ® , Duocrome ® , Flamenco ® , Gemtone ® , Mearlite ® , Mearlmaid ® , Pearl-Glo ® , Reflecks ® , Shinju ® , and Timica ® from the BASF Group (formerly Engelhard Corporation) and those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,627,212 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005-0257716, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- pearlescent pigments are based on platy titanium dioxide which imparts a distinctive color. Additional pearlescent pigments that may be utilized are available from HebeiOxen (China). Examples of pearlescent pigments from HebeiOxen include, but are not limited to, pigments from the anatase series, including bright silver, fine silver, satin silver, metal silver, intense silver, and super bright silver; pigments from the gold luster series, including, bright brass gold, satin super gold, fine gold, bright orange, flash gold, bright violet gold, bright rose red, satin khaki, and bright khaki; pigments from the rutile series, including, bright silver, fine silver, satin silver, satin gold, bright gold, satin red, bright red, bright red orange, bright violet, satin violet, satin blue, bright blue, satin green, bright green, satin violet, bright violet; pigments from the metal luster series, including, bright brown yellow, bright red, bright violet red, satin violet red, bright violet, satin violet, satin red, bright green, bright brown, metal brown yellow, bright orange red, and satin orange red; pigment
- pearlescent pigments include, but are not limited to, those available under the trade name Covapearl ® from Sensient.
- suitable Covapearl pearlescent pigment products include the following: green 737, light dore 235, antique 236, bright 933, spark silver 937, satin 931, silver 939, red 339, pink 433, and blue 635.
- Other examples of pearlescent pigments may be found in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,611,851 and 6,902,609 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005-0147724, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- Other pearlescent pigments are based on iron oxide based pigments available from HebeiOxen.
- the relative amount of the food grade dyes and pigments used in the food grade flavored fluids may vary depending on the desired color, shade and intensity
- the food grade flavored fluids when used, will typically comprise at least about 0.01 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment, in others at least about 5.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment, and in yet others at least about 10.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment. Dyes and/or pigments are not required.
- the flavored fluids comprise less than about 10.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment, in others less than about 7.5 wt.
- the food grade flavor fluid excludes chromic compounds comprising polymerized polyacetylenes.
- Additives to flavored fluids may further include lower alcohols (i.e. alcohols having one to six carbon atoms), such as isopropanol, ethanol, «-butyl alcohol, and z-butyl alcohol, or mixtures thereof.
- the lower alcohols may be used as surface tension modifiers and will generally be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. % and more typically about 1 to 5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids may contain no more that about 3 wt. % lower alcohol and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids may be substantially free of lower alcohol, such as isopropanol, i.e., contain no more than about 0.5 wt. % lower alcohol.
- some food grade flavored fluids in accordance with this disclosure may be free of or substantially free of one or more of the following additives: glycol ethers, polyol monoethers, urea, tetraalkylammonium cations (e.g. tetramethylammonium cations), alkanol ammonium compounds (e.g., monoethanol ammonium compounds, diethylammonium compounds, or triethanol ammonium cations), cationic amide compounds (e.g., protonated formamide), silica, sebacyl chlorides, binding agents and film-forming agents.
- additives glycol ethers, polyol monoethers, urea, tetraalkylammonium cations (e.g. tetramethylammonium cations), alkanol ammonium compounds (e.g., monoethanol ammonium compounds, diethylammonium compounds, or triethanol ammonium cations), cationic amide compounds (e.
- a food grade flavored fluid is "substantially free of an additional food grade additive if the flavored fluid contains no more than about 0.5 wt. % of the additional food grade additive. In some instances, the food grade flavored fluid contains no more than about 0.2 wt. % of a given additive. In still other instances the food grade flavored fluid contains no more than about 0.1 wt. % of a given additive. For example, it may be desirable to have food grade flavored fluids which contain no more than about 0.05 wt. % binding agents and/or film-forming agents, such as polymers, gum arabic, hydrocolloids, xanthum gum, waxes, alginates and polysaccharides.
- the food grade flavor fluids it is generally desirable for the food grade flavor fluids to have a high degree of purity. Impurities can affect the jettability of the flavored fluids and/or the lifetimes of printer parts. Inorganic salts, such as sodium chloride and sodium sulfate, are examples of common impurities that may be particularly detrimental to flavor fluids. Fluids having elevated salt contents, whether from the flavor component or elsewhere, may be corrosive to printer parts and lead to shorter printer lifetimes. Therefore, it is typically advantageous to prepare flavored fluids having a low inorganic salt content, or at least a low chloride and/or sulfate ion content.
- the flavored fluids contain an inorganic salt content, and more specifically in some instances a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the salt (e.g. chloride and or sulfate ion) impurity level in the food grade flavor fluid will desirably be no more than about 1000 ppm.
- the impurity level will be no more than about 500 ppm and in still other embodiments the impurity level will be no more than about 100 ppm.
- the flavored fluids may include higher levels of certain less corrosive salts provided the levels of chlorides and/or sulfates in the flavor fluids remains low.
- the inorganic salt content and impurity limits cited above may be interpreted to refer specifically to chloride and/or sulfate ion content in the flavored fluids.
- Other examples of detrimental impurities include surface oils, bulk oils, and suspended solids having particle diameters greater than 5 ⁇ m.
- the food grade flavored fluids For some applications (e.g., ink jet printing), it is also generally desirable for the food grade flavored fluids to have a viscosity of at least about 8 centipoise (cps), in others at least about 12 cps, and in yet others about 14 cps at a particular temperature (e.g., at the jetting temperature at which the printing is to take place).
- the flavored fluids have a viscosity of less than about 14 cps, in others less than about 12 cps, and in yet others less than about 8 cps. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have a viscosity of 8 to 12 cps at the desired jetting temperature.
- Some ink-jet printers are designed to be operated at ambient temperatures (i.e. about 25° C). Other ink-jet printers are designed for operation at elevated print head temperatures of at least 80° C or higher. For example, an ink-jet printer may operate at jetting temperatures ranging from about 50 to 70° C.
- the flavored fluids may have these viscosities at the prescribed temperatures when they are used in non-ink jet applications such as precision deposition.
- the formulation of the flavored fluids including the ratio of food grade glycol to glycerine and the amount of water present, may be desirably controlled to provide a suitable viscosity for the intended jetting temperature.
- a flavored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 60° C.
- the viscosity of these flavored fluids may be significantly higher at ambient temperatures.
- the flavored fluids may have viscosities of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C.
- a flavored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 25° C.
- the preferred viscosity of a flavored fluid may be dictated by the ink jet printing method.
- flavored fluids for piezo ink jet printers typically have viscosities ranging from about 8 to 14 cps at jetting temperature.
- flavored fluids for valve jet printer typically have viscosities ranging from about 1 to 5 cps at jetting temperature.
- the flavored fluids have Newtonian viscosities.
- the flavored fluids may exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 2 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70° C (e.g., 60° C).
- the flavored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 1 cps and in still other embodiments, the flavored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 0.5 cps with a shear rate increase from 15 to 45 when measured at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70° C (e.g., 60° C).
- the surface tension of the food grade flavored fluids may vary over a relatively wide range, provided it is suitable to allow the flavored fluids to be jetted through an ink-jet printing head and printed onto the surface of an edible substrate.
- the flavored fluids will have surface tensions of at least about 20 dynes per cm at 25° C, in others at least about 35 dynes per cm at 25° C, and in yet others at least about 60 dynes per cm at 25° C. In some embodiment, the flavored fluids will have surface tensions less than about 60 dynes per cm at 25° C, in others less than about 40 dynes per cm at 25° C, and in yet others less than about 30 dynes per cm at 25° C. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have surface tensions of 35 to 60 dynes per cm at 25° C and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have surface tensions of 28-32 dynes/cm.
- Particle content may be characterized by the silt density index (SDI) of the fluid.
- SDI values provide a measure of particle content that relates the rate of membrane clogging to the quantity of particulate matter present in a fluid.
- SDI values may be measured as follows: two aliquots of equal volume of the fluid to be tested are poured sequentially into a filter and the time required for each aliquot to pass through the filter is measured. The SDI is provided by the ratio of the time it takes the first aliquot to pass through the filter to the time it takes the second aliquot to pass through the filter.
- a higher SDI value indicates a fluid having a lower particle content.
- a fluid that has no buildup on the filter, and therefore very little particle content, will have an SDI value of 1.
- an SDI value for a given liquid sample may be measured at any arbitrary time after the sample is prepared without requiring any particular set of processing conditions to have been preformed prior to the measurement.
- SDI temperature accelerated conditions may be varied according to the jetting temperature and/or heat stability of the flavored component.
- the SDI values of the flavored fluids may also be beneficial for use in precision deposition applications.
- the food grade flavored fluids desirably have relatively low particle contents.
- some of the flavored fluids are solutions of one or more food grade flavors that filter through a filter having a size of at least about 0.2 ⁇ m and in others at least about 1 ⁇ m.
- the flavored fluids filter through a filter having a size less than about 5 ⁇ m.
- the food grade flavored fluids provided herein include fluids having an SDI of at least about 0.5.
- the flavored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.75. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.9 and still further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.95.
- the food grade flavored fluids may have a specific gravity of no more than about 1.15. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13 and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than about 1.10 (e.g., about 1.00 to 1.10).
- the pH values of the food grade flavored fluids are not critical, however it may be advantageous to provide flavored fluids with an apparent pH of at least about 3 and desirably at least about 5 to prevent the flavored fluids from corroding printer parts or precision deposition equipment.
- the flavored fluids include those having an apparent pH in the range of about 4 to 9. This includes flavored fluids having an apparent pH in the range of about 5 to 8.
- Apparent pH values may be read directly from any suitable, commercially available pH meter. Although these apparent pH values may not be interpreted as an index of hydrogen ion potential nor used in equilibrium computations, they are reproducible and useful for qualitative purposes.
- the food grade flavored fluids are made by mixing all ingredients except the flavor component in a food grade container for about 30 to 60 minutes to form a solution. Mixing is generally done under ambient conditions. However, the ingredients may be heated to temperatures less than about 60 0 C during the mixing process. If heat is applied during mixing, the resultant solution may be cooled to ambient temperature before proceeding to the next step.
- the solution is passed through a filter having a size of about 0.2 ⁇ m.
- the flavor component is added to the filtrate, preferably in a fume hood, and the filtrate and flavor component are stirred for about 30 minutes to form the flavored fluid.
- the flavored fluid is then passed through a filter having a size of about 0.5 ⁇ m to 1.0 ⁇ m.
- a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor, about 25 wt. % of a food grade glycol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided.
- the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the flavored fluid, and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the flavored fluid.
- flavored fluid may be further defined by a variety of additional ingredients, properties and range limitations to provide a number of different embodiments of the food grade flavored fluids. A few of these embodiments will now be described in more detail.
- a food grade flavored fluid comprising about 0.1 to 10 wt. % food grade flavor, about 25 to 95 wt. % food grade glycol, about 1 to 50 wt. % glycerine and no more than about 35 wt. % water is provided.
- This flavored fluid has a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60 0 C.
- a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor, a food grade glycol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided.
- the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water comprise at least about 90 wt. % of the flavored fluid and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the flavored fluid.
- the flavored fluid is characterized by a Brookfield viscosity at 60° C that changes by no more than 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm.
- the flavored fluid contains at least about 25 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol as the food grade glycol.
- the flavored fluid contains at least about 25% propylene glycol.
- the flavored fluid may have a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25° C and/or a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C.
- a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and at least about 25 wt. % food grade glycol.
- the food grade flavor in the flavored fluid has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the food grade flavored fluid may optionally include glycerine.
- the flavored fluid contains at least about 70 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
- the flavored fluid contains at least about 70 wt. % propylene glycol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
- the flavored fluid may have a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C.
- a food grade flavored fluid comprising at least about 40 wt. % food grade glycol.
- the flavored fluid comprises at least about 0.1 wt. % flavor component.
- the flavored fluid comprises at least about 3 wt. % glycerine.
- water may make up no more than about 20 wt. % of the flavored fluid.
- the water may account for an even smaller fraction of the flavored fluid.
- any water present may make up no more than about 1 wt. % of the flavored fluid.
- a specific embodiment of the above- described flavored fluid may contain about 0.1 to 7.5 wt. % of a food grade dye.
- the food grade dye in the flavored fluid may be FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1 or a mixture thereof.
- the flavored fluid may include one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the flavored fluid may also contain a food grade natural dye instead of or in combination with one or more synthetic dyes.
- the flavored fluid may have one or more the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60° C, a surface tension of about 20 to 60 dynes per cm at 25° C, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13 , a silt density index of at least about 0.5, and a Brookfield viscosity at 60° C that changes by no more than about 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm.
- a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and at least about 70 wt. % food grade glycol, glycerine or a mixture thereof is provided.
- This flavor fluid has a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C.
- the amount of glycol (e.g., 1 ,2-propanediol) in the flavored fluid may be substantial.
- the flavored fluid may contain at least about 40 wt. % glycol. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluid contains at least about 85 wt. % glycol.
- Glycerine may be present in the flavored fluid in amounts of about 2 to 10 wt. %.
- glycerine may be present in amounts of about 12 to 30 wt. %.
- the flavored fluid may further include isopropanol, ethanol or a mixture thereof. Methylparaben, propylparaben or a mixture thereof may also be present in the flavored fluid. Additionally, synthetic dyes, natural dyes, or combinations thereof may be present in the flavored fluid. In applications where a low water content is desirable, the flavored fluid may contain no more than about 20 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluid contains no more than about 1 wt. % water.
- the flavored fluid may contain one or more synthetic food grade flavors including sour flavor, strawberry flavor, vanilla flavor and balls of fire.
- the flavored fluid may have one or more of the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60° C, a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25° C, a silt density index of at least about 0.5, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13, or a specific gravity of no more than about 1.10.
- a method of applying an edible flavor to a surface of an edible substrate, by ink- jet printing any one of the above-described food grade flavored fluids directly onto the surface of the edible substrate is provided.
- the ink-jet printing may take place at a range of jetting temperatures.
- the ink-jet printing may take place at a jetting temperature of about 25 to 75° C.
- One or more piezoelectric print heads may be used in the printing process.
- deposition In addition to, or in conjunction with, printing food grade flavors and flavored fluids onto edible substrates using, for example, the ink-jet ink and valve printing technology set forth above, deposition, and more preferably, precision deposition of food grade flavors and flavored fluids onto food products may be employed.
- precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids is accomplished with USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Russia, FL), which is described below as it applies to precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids to edible substrates, or edible substrates having images ink jet printed thereon.
- the precision deposition may be used alone to apply one or more food grade flavored fluids to an edible substrate. Additional application of the same or different flavored fluids may be accomplished using the precision deposition technology set forth below.
- the printing technology e.g. ink jet and valve
- Various combinations of the precision deposition and printing technologies will be readily ascertainable to those skilled in the art. These combinations will be preferably suited for accomplishing Examples 2 and 5.
- Precision deposition can also be used to apply fluids having at least one of a color component, a flavor component, or both onto an image (e.g. those set forth in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference) or flavor image applied by the printing methods described herein.
- a color component e.g. those set forth in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference
- flavor image applied by the printing methods described herein.
- Food grade flavored fluids may be precision deposited onto the surface of an edible substrate. Precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids is accomplished with the use of a USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Louis, FL). For the purposes of the present application, precision deposition means something different than ink jet or valve printing. In other words, precision deposition as used herein is not ink jet or valve printing.
- Precision deposition provides the ability to precisely deposit a flavor or sensory experience onto an edible substrate (e.g., processed, snack, savory, sweet, candy, gum, etc.) that enhances the consumer's eating experience.
- This precision deposition delivers advantages other methods of flavor application do not, including specific area application, less waste and flexibility (e.g., a multi-pack of a product can house a different flavor/sensory experience with each product contained therein).
- Flavored fluids can be formulated for a variety of end uses.
- the flavored fluid imparts one or more flavors to a substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern using a USMR Micro-Spray Marker.
- the flavored fluid enhances the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as depositing chocolate flavor on a chocolate snack cake.
- the flavored fluid provides a flavor different from the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as depositing strawberry flavor on chocolate.
- the flavored fluid provides surprise impact, such as depositing hot or sour flavors on a salty snack.
- Examples of the various embodiments include, but are not limited to: precision depositing sweet, sour, hot, spicy or honey flavors on a potato chip; precision depositing strawberry, chocolate or citrus flavors on snack cakes; precision depositing sweet, sour, cool or mint flavors on candy products; precision depositing smoky, barbeque, spicy or wasabi on processed food products; precision depositing a bacon flavor onto a dog treat; precision depositing a cheese flavor onto one-half of a cracker and a garlic flavor onto the other one- half of the cracker; precision depositing a strawberry flavor onto one-third of an ice cream bar, a chocolate flavor onto another one-third of the ice-cream bar, and a vanilla flavor onto the remaining one-third of the ice-cream bar; precision depositing a mystery flavor (e.g., apple flavor) onto a colorless, gelatin-based roll-up; precision depositing fruit flavor onto chocolate; precision depositing mint flavor onto chocolate; precision depositing jalapeno flavor onto tortillas; precision depositing strawberry flavor onto onto a
- the flavored fluids are used to enhance or alter the flavor of the edible substrate.
- a strawberry flavor fluid is applied to a snack cake. When the consumer eats the snack cake, he senses the strawberry flavor as part of consuming the edible substrate.
- the flavored fluids are used to provide a secondary sensory experience. The consumer licks the flavored fluid off the edible substrate prior to its consumption. The flavored fluid provides a secondary flavor that is separate from any flavor associated with eating the substrate. In yet other embodiments, the flavored fluids are used to provide a secondary flavor and enhance the flavor of the edible substrate.
- Food grade colored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet.
- printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet.
- One example of a printhead which could be used for jetting these fluids is the No vaAA A jetting assembly 256/80 AQ, manufactured by Spectra.
- Inks successfully jet at frequencies including 1 kHz to 25kHz. Based on the printhead design and fluid ingredients, fluids may be jettable up to a frequency of 40 kHz. For highest resolution a substrate gap of 1 mm may be desirable.
- Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted.
- Food grade flavored fluids may be precision deposited onto the surface of an edible substrate, either before or after an image has been printed onto the edible substrates. Precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids is accomplished with the use of a USMR Micro-Spray Marker available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Louis, FL).
- the flavored fluids impart a flavor image to the substrate using precision deposition.
- a flavor image combines taste appeal with visual appeal by depositing flavored fluids having both a flavor component and a color component.
- One or more flavored fluids can be deposited onto a substrate to produce a variety of images and patterns exhibiting one or more flavors and colors.
- the flavor component may have a direct correlation to the image, such as the image of a jalapeno pepper having a jalapeno flavor, or be completely unrelated, such as the image of a grape having a cinnamon flavor.
- the flavor components and color components are in separate fluids. Flavored fluids contain one or more flavor components. Colored fluids contain one or more colored components.
- Food grade colored fluids suitable for producing images on substrates can be found in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- the flavor image is produced by precision depositing at least one flavored fluid and printing at least one colored fluid onto a substrate either simultaneously or sequentially. When the fluids are printed and deposited sequentially, either the colored fluid or the flavored fluid may be printed or deposited first. The fluids may be printed and deposited onto the substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern.
- Examples of the various embodiments include: precision depositing a strawberry flavor and printing the image of a strawberry onto a cookie; precision depositing a spicy hot flavor and printing the image of a volcano onto a slice of bologna; and precision depositing a sour cream & onion flavor and printing the image of a jalapeno pepper onto a potato chip.
- Precision deposition may be used to provide a hot or sour spot at the center of a starburst image on a gelatin-based roll-up. Precision deposition enables a hot or sour spot of, e.g., 1/8" or 1 A". The spot is precisely applied to the image to give the desired size of the spot and the desired location.
- the image of a jalapeno pepper is printed on a tortilla and a spot of jalapeno flavor is precision deposited on the image.
- the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to enhance or alter the flavor of the edible substrate.
- a strawberry flavor fluid is applied to a snack cake. When the consumer eats the snack cake, he senses the strawberry flavor as part of consuming the edible substrate.
- the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary sensory experience. The consumer licks the flavored fluid (or flavor image) off the edible substrate prior to its consumption. The flavored fluid (or flavor image) provides a secondary flavor that is separate from any flavor associated with eating the substrate.
- the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary flavor and enhance the flavor of the edible substrate.
- the food grade flavored fluids can be produced to have characteristics that make them suitable for precision deposition onto the edible substrates described above.
- Formulations of the present invention may have at least one of the following: food grade ingredients, compatibility with the surfaces of the edible substrates onto which they will be applied, and properties (e.g., viscosities, surface tensions, smear resistance, solubilities, and drying times) that make them suitable for use with ink sprayers, such as the USMR Micro- Spray Markers.
- the formulations may be suitable for spraying onto edible substrates using the USMR-20AF Micro-Spray Marker with Adjustable Fluid Control (herein referred to as "the spray marker") illustrated in Figs. 1-5. It is to be understood that the use of this particular spray marker is proposed only as an example and any other spraying devices capable of precision deposition may be suitable for this invention.
- the precision deposition technology may enable a consistent quantity of flavored or colored fluid to be applied to an edible substrate. It also may enable precision in the location of the application, substrate after substrate.
- Fig. 1 is a frontal view of a spray marker 10 that includes a liquid receiver 15, a mounting piece 20 with an adaptor 25, a trigger air receiver 30, an atomizer air receiver 35, and a spraying portion 40 having a spraying aperture 42.
- the liquid receiver 15 is configured to receive food grade flavored fluid from a container 45 generally placed above the spray marker 10 (shown in Fig. 3).
- the trigger air receiver 30 is configured for the spray marker 10 to receive pressurized air precisely when flavored fluid is to be sprayed onto edible substrates.
- the atomizing air receiver 35 is also configured to receive compressed air used in the process of spraying flavored fluids onto edible substrates.
- the mounting piece 20 is configured to receive, or be adapted to, any device (e.g., a bracket, mounting plates, screws, or clamps) suitable to mount the spray marker 10 to a desired location for precision deposition. Particularly shown in Fig. 1 is the adaptor 25, which is suitable to receive a mounting shaft (not shown). Other adapters may also be coupled to the spray marker 10 for mounting purposes.
- the opening of the spraying aperture 42 and/or the air pressure By adjusting the opening of the spraying aperture 42 and/or the air pressure, the volume of the flavored or colored fluid to be deposited can be controlled. Once these parameters are set, the volume can remain consistent.
- the spray marker 10 can produce round marks or stripe patterns of flavored fluid based on the mounting characteristics.
- a deposition system for spraying flavored fluid onto edible substrates may include the spray marker 10 mounted on a static station or on an automated arm. Regardless of the mounting characteristics of the deposition system, applying round marks of flavored fluid is generally characterized by controlling the spray marker 10 with relatively short electrical signals.
- electrical signals for controlling the spray marker 10 may each include a time duration of 100 milliseconds. Generating electrical signals at this rate usually allows the spray marker 10 to apply about 180 round marks per minute onto edible substrates.
- Longer time duration electrical signals can be generated to extend the time of flavored fluid application onto edible substrates generating stripe patterns, when the spray marker 10 moves with respect to edible substrates, or round marks with higher concentration of flavored fluid, when the spray marker 10 remains static with respect to edible substrates.
- a photoeye or photocell, or other means of triggering can be used to initiate the depositing sequence.
- a deposition system can be configured to include the spray marker 10 above- described to apply flavored fluid under various conditions based on the time duration of electrical signals controlling the spray marker 10 and the type of mounting of the spray marker 10.
- the spray marker 10 may be mounted in a static position to apply flavored fluid onto various edible substrates moving on a conveyor or endless belt (not shown). It is possible to coordinate the operation of the deposition system with the operation of the conveyor to apply the desired amount of flavored fluid on the each piece of the edible substrates.
- Another example may include the spray marker 10 being mounted onto an automated arm. In this particular case, the automated arm can transport the spray marker 10 to the particular location of the edible substrate.
- Fig. 2 shows the spray marker 10 configured to apply flavored fluid with a round shape characterized by having an adjustable spot size from about 1/16" to about 2", particularly from about 1/8" to about 1", and more particularly from about 1 X" to about %".
- the spray marker 10 generally fires perpendicularly with respect to the edible substrate and with an 18 degree conical spray pattern of flavored fluid.
- adjusting the spot size or the line width can be accomplished by positioning the spray marker 10 at the appropriate vertical distance from the surface of the edible substrate, as shown in Fig. 2.
- a deposition system may be configured to continuously adjust the distance between the spray marker 10 and the edible substrate to control the concentration and amount of flavored fluid applied.
- adjusting the distance between the spray marker 10 and the edible substrate can be accomplished regardless of the structural characteristic (static or dynamic/automated arm) of the deposition system. It is also to be understood that the spray marker 10 can be mounted at an angle with respect to edible substrates.
- the trigger air receiver 30 and the atomizing air receiver 35 are generally supplied with compressed air at predetermined pressures.
- the spray marker 10 generally requires from about 5 to about 30 PSI atomizing air pressure, particularly from about 8 to about 19 PSI atomizing air pressure, and more particularly from about 10 to about 12 PSI atomizing air pressure.
- the spray marker 10 generally requires about 70-80 PSI trigger air pressure. In other embodiments, the pressure of the compressed air supplied to the spray marker 10 through the trigger air receiver 30 and the atomizing air receiver 35 may vary.
- the quantity of flavored fluid that may be applied onto an edible substrate may be from about 0.25 mL to about 1.5 mL, particularly from about 0.5 mL to about 1.0 mL, and more particularly from about 0.7 mL to about 0.9 mL.
- Figs. 3-4 show examples of a first deposition system 50 and a second deposition system 60, respectively.
- the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 are each characterized by supplying compressed air at 5-30 PSI and 70-80 PSI to the atomizing air receiver 35 and the trigger air receiver 30 of the spray marker 10.
- Figs. 3-4 each shows the container 45 for supplying flavored fluid to the spray marker 10.
- the flavored fluid is supplied by the force of gravity to the spray marker 10. It is possible to increase the pressure of the flavored fluid by adjusting the height of the container 45 relative to the position of the spray marker 10. A higher elevation of the container 45 with respect to the spray marker 10 can cause a higher volume of flavored fluid to be sprayed.
- Pressurized air is supplied to the spray marker 10 by pressure reservoirs (not shown) and controlled by pressure regulators 65 and one or two electric solenoid valves 70 as shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, respectively.
- the solenoid valve 70 controls pressurized air supplied to the trigger air receiver 30.
- the pressure regulators 65 are configured to release pressured air when a needle 75 marks the proper air pressure.
- the proper air pressure is 70-80 PSI and 5-30 PSI for trigger air pressure and atomizing air pressure, respectively.
- the next step is to couple the solenoids 70 to at least one energy source to receive electrical signals for controlling the solenoids 70.
- the atomizing air may flow at full pressure (5-30 PSI) before applying a trigger signal to spray flavored fluid.
- a precision deposition system is configured to apply flavored fluid in a continuous manner as to create a stripe of flavored fluid.
- the stripe may have a width from about 1/8" to about 2", and in some embodiments from about 1 X" to about 1".
- the length of the stripe may generally be from about 1/8" to about 8", depending on the size of the edible substrate used, although longer stripes may be used with longer edible substrates.
- One configuration can include the spray marker 10 mounted on a fixed position while flavored fluid is applied to a moving edible substrate.
- Another configuration can include the spray marker 10 mounted onto a moving arm. Additionally, it is important to understand that the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 are operable to perform this application.
- the length of the stripe of flavored fluid is at least in part determined by the length of time an electrical signal is applied to the solenoid 70 controlling the trigger air. It is assumed under these conditions that the atomizing air pressure remains substantially constant, or at least at the appropriate range of air pressure, throughout the deposition process.
- One way to supply an electrical signal for controlling the solenoid 70 is by using a One-Shot Timer (not shown) coupled to the solenoid 70.
- the One-Shot Timer can provide an adjustable time duration signal to the solenoid 70 controlling the trigger air each time the spray marker 10 needs to be fired.
- the One-Shot Timer may be adjusted to generate electrical signals with a time duration between about 0.05 and about 1 seconds.
- the solenoids 70 are generally energized with a sequence of electrical signals to provide and maintain atomizing air pressure at the appropriate pressure when the trigger air pressure is applied.
- a One-Shot Timer may also be used in the second deposition system 60 by wiring the two solenoids 70 to the One-Shot Timer, where the solenoids 70 are in a parallel configuration. This configuration is characterized by supplying electrical signals to the solenoids 70 of the second deposition system 60 simultaneously.
- the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 shown in Figs. 3 and 4, respectively, are only schematic representations and do not illustrate the angle at which flavored fluid is applied to edible substrates.
- the spray marker 10 is mounted substantially perpendicular to the edible substrate.
- Mounting the spray marker 10 at an angle instead of perpendicular to the surface 80 generally results in a sharper edge definition by minimizing the feathering of the spray pattern. If the spray marker 10 is mounted statically in the position shown in Fig. 5, the spray marker 10 produces an elliptical mark rather than a circular mark.
- Some other applications of the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 generally include spot marking, which is characterized by the spray marker being controlled to apply a relatively small spot mark of flavored fluid to an edible substrate, which may be in motion.
- spot marking is characterized by the spray marker being controlled to apply a relatively small spot mark of flavored fluid to an edible substrate, which may be in motion.
- the amount of flavored fluid deposited is dependent of factors including the time duration of the electrical signal controlling the solenoids 70, adjustment of the spraying aperture 42, and the velocity at which the edible substrate is moving. For example, when applying flavored fluid in the form of spot marking to fast moving edible substrates, an approximate spray duration of 100 milliseconds may result in a short line mark and not a round spot.
- the spot is elongated by an amount approximately equal to the distance the edible substrate travels in 1/10 of a second. For example, if the edible substrate is traveling at 12 inches per second, the spot would be elongated to a line of flavored fluid of approximately 1.2 inches in length.
- the spray duration may be from about 0.0001 milliseconds to about 9,999 milliseconds, preferably from about 1 millisecond to about 1000 milliseconds, and more preferably from about 100 milliseconds to about 800 milliseconds.
- the duration of the deposit can be determined by inputting a value in milliseconds.
- the precision deposition can be controlled using at least one of the following: pressure; size of aperture opening; duration of spray; and amount of fluid.
- the second deposition system 60 may include a controller having two variable outputs to effectively control the solenoids 70 supplying pressured air to the spray marker 10.
- each solenoid 70 of the second deposition system 60 can be coupled to one of the variable outputs of the controller to receive electrical signals in a specific sequence.
- the solenoid supplying atomizing air can be energized first to allow time for the relatively lower pressure atomizing air to flow at full volume through the receiver 35 of the spray marker 10.
- the amount of time for this to occur depends in part on the length of connecting tubes 85 containing atomizing air but typically 50-100 milliseconds is an adequate delay before energizing the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air.
- the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air is then energized for approximately 100 milliseconds. After the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air is de-energized, the atomizing air is generally allowed to continue flowing for another 50- 100 milliseconds to ensure all flavored fluid residue is blown off the spraying portion 40 of the spray marker 10.
- a typical pulse sequence generated by the controller is shown in Fig. 6.
- a signal 100 exemplifies the electrical signal supplied to the solenoid 70 controlling atomizing air
- a signal 105 exemplifies the electrical signal supplied to the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air.
- Fig. 6 shows approximate 100 millisecond delay signals and trigger signal, though other embodiments may include different time durations for delay signals and trigger signals based on the amount of flavored fluid to be sprayed.
- a shaft encoder (not shown) may be used in connection with the deposition system.
- the shaft encoder provides signal pulses to the equipment based on the speed at which the product is traveling. If there are variations in the speed of the moving edible substrate, the encoder provides that information to the depositing system, which adjusts accordingly. This may provide consistency in placement and volume deposited of the flavored fluid.
- Encoders are commercially available from Danaher Industrial Controls in Gurnee, IL and Encoder Products Company Inc. in Sagle, ID.
- An edible substrate having any one of the above-described food grade flavored fluids applied to one or more surfaces thereof is also provided.
- Food grade colored fluids for use in printing on edible substrates, methods for applying the food grade colored fluids directly to edible substrates, and edible substrates having the colored fluids applied thereto are provided.
- the food grade colored fluids are typically made from food grade dyes and glycols and optionally water and/or glycerine.
- the food grade colored fluids have characteristics that render them suitable for printing directly onto the surfaces of a variety of edible substrates.
- the food grade colored fluids may be suitable for printing with ink jet printers, including piezoelectric ink jet printers.
- the phrase "food grade” means that up to specified amounts of the particular compound can be ingested by a human without generally causing deleterious health effects.
- food grade compounds examples include those compounds “generally recognized as safe” (“GRAS”) by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and colorants approved by the FDA for use in foods for human consumption.
- food safe compounds include those compounds listed as approved under 21 C.F.R. ⁇ 73, 74, 172, 182 and 184.
- the colored fluids may contain substantial amounts of food grade glycols, such as 1,2-propanediol.
- the colored fluids include at least about 10 weight percent (wt. %) food grade glycol. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids include at least about 25 wt. % food grade glycol and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids include at least about 40 wt. % food grade glycol.
- the colored fluids may optionally include water, glycerine or a mixture of water and glycerine.
- the food grade glycol and any water or glycerine present account for at least about 90 wt. % of the food grade colored fluid.
- the food grade colored fluids may be prepared with a low water content.
- the food grade colored fluids may contain no more than about 35 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain no more than about 20 wt. % water, further includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain no more than about 5 wt. % water.
- the food grade colored fluids may be free of or substantially free of water, e.g. having a water content of no more than about 1 wt. %. In these compositions, any water present may be due solely or partially to water absorbed from the air under humid conditions and/or water introduced as an impurity or minor component of one of the dyes or solvents that make up the colored fluids. It is advantageous to limit the amount of water present in the colored fluids because a high water content tends to decrease the viscosity of the fluids, rendering them less suitable for use in some printing applications, such as ink jet printing applications where elevated jetting temperatures are used.
- glycerine is a useful co-solvent because many of the food grade dyes used in the colored fluids exhibit high solubility in glycerine. Typically, when glycerine is present, it makes up at least about 3 wt. % of the colored fluid. This includes embodiments where glycerine makes up at least about 10 wt. % of the colored fluid, further includes embodiments where glycerine makes up at least about 20 wt. % of the colored fluid, and still further includes embodiments where glycerine makes up at least about 30 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- the amount of glycerine present if any, will depend on a variety of factors, including the extent to which the food grade dyes are soluble in the food grade glycols. Thus, some of the colored fluids may contain a relatively small amount of glycerine (e.g. about 2 to 10 wt. %) and others may contain a larger amount of glycerine (e.g. about 30 to 45 wt. %). In still other embodiments, glycerine is present in intermediate quantities (e.g. about 12 to 18 wt. %).
- the food grade dyes include food grade dye; glycerine; at least about 25 wt. % 1,2-propanediol (and commonly at least about 50 wt. % 1,2- propanediol); and a surface tension modifier.
- the 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and any optional water commonly make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid. Any water present generally makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid and more suitably, no more than about 10 wt. %.
- the surface tension modifier may include a sorbitan ester (e.g., one or more fatty acid monoesters of a polyoxyethylene sorbitan), fatty acid(s) such as a mixture of tall oil fatty acids, a fatty acid polyol partial ester (e.g., one or more polyglycerol fatty acid monoesters such as octaglycerol monooleate) and/or lecithins (e.g. hydroxylated lecithins).
- a sorbitan ester e.g., one or more fatty acid monoesters of a polyoxyethylene sorbitan
- fatty acid(s) such as a mixture of tall oil fatty acids
- a fatty acid polyol partial ester e.g., one or more polyglycerol fatty acid monoesters such as octaglycerol monooleate
- lecithins e.g. hydroxylated lecithins
- the term "dye” denotes dyes which are soluble in water and/or in the other cosolvents, which contain substantial amounts of glycols and/or glycerine, employed in the present colored fluids.
- the colored fluids may be substantially free of insoluble materials.
- Suitable synthetic dyes for use in the present coloring fluids include food grade FD&C dyes, such as FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1, and FD&C Green #3.
- Suitable natural dyes include turmeric oleoresins, cochineal extracts, gardenia extracts, and natural colors derived from vegetable juices.
- the colored liquids may include mixtures of more than one synthetic and/or natural food grade dye.
- the colored fluids contain about 0.1 to 10 wt. % food grade dye on a dissolved solids basis (dsb). This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dyes.
- the colored fluids are desirably made with high purity food grade dyes.
- the food grade dyes used in the colored fluids may be at least about 85 wt. % pure. That is, the dyes may contain no more than about 15 wt. % contaminants and impurities, including moisture. In some instances, the food grade dyes are at least about 87 wt. % pure. Alternatively, the purity of the dyes may be analyzed on a strictly dry weight basis, in which case the food grade dyes are desirably at least about 92 wt. % pure. In some embodiments the food grade dyes are at least about 95 wt. % pure when analyzed on a dry weight basis. This includes embodiments where the food grade dyes are at least about 98 wt. % pure when analyzed on a dry weight basis.
- Inorganic salts such as sodium chloride and sodium sulfate
- food grade dyes such as food grade FD&C dyes.
- fluids having elevated salt contents may be corrosive to printer parts and lead to shorter printer lifetimes. Therefore, it is typically advantageous to use food grade dyes having a low inorganic salt content, or at least a low chloride and/or sulfate ion content, in the preparation of the colored fluids.
- the colored fluids contain one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content, and more specifically in some instances a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the colored fluids contain one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content, or at least a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.2 wt. % desirably no more than about 0.1 wt. %.
- the salt (e.g. chloride and or sulfate ion) impurity level in the synthetic food grade will desirably be no more than about 1000 ppm.
- the chloride and/or sulfate level will be no more than about 500 ppm and in still other embodiments the chloride and/or sulfate level will be no more than about 100 ppm.
- the food grade colored fluids may contain various food grade additives, such as surface tension modifiers, thickening agents, antioxidants, preservatives, buffering agents, and antimicrobial agents. These additional additives are typically present in small quantities, for example, no more than about 10 wt. % and desirably no more than about 5 wt. %.
- Lower alcohols i.e. alcohols having one to six carbon atoms
- the lower alcohols may be used as surface tension modifiers and will generally be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the lower alcohols are present in amounts of no more than about 5 wt. % and further includes embodiments where the lower alcohols are present in amounts of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the colored fluids desirably have properties that render them suitable for use as printing inks in various types of printers, including ink jet printers which utilize piezoelectric printheads.
- Viscosity is one property of the colored fluids that may be controlled to produce fluids suitable for ink jet printing. It is generally desirable for the colored fluids to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 centipoise (cps) at the jetting temperature at which the printing is to take place. In some embodiments, the colored fluids have a viscosity of 8 to 14 cps at the desired jetting temperature. Typical jetting temperatures may range from room temperature, about 25°C, to elevated temperatures of at least about 80 0 C. or even higher.
- Typical elevated jetting temperatures may range from about 50 to 7O 0 C.
- a colored fluid may have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 60 0 C.
- a colored fluid may have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 25°C.
- the invention features a system for printing on an edible substrate.
- the system includes a high frequency piezoelectric inkjet printer for jetting at 10 kHz or greater and a fluid for printing on an edible substrate including a surfactant, the fluid preferably having a surface tension of about 20 dynes/cm to about 40 dynes/cm.
- the fluid may include a surfactant that includes a polysiloxane and that has a surface tension of about 20 dynes/cm to about 40 dynes/cm.
- the edible substrate remains edible after being printed with the fluid.
- the invention features a method of printing on an edible substrate.
- the method includes providing an inkjet printer; obtaining a pre-fluid having a surface tension of greater than about 36 dynes/cm; and adding a sufficient amount of a surfactant comprising a polysiloxane to the pre-fluid to reduce the surface tension by at least 10 percent to obtain a lower surface tension fluid suitable for applying to an edible substrate, the edible substrate remaining edible after printing; and jetting the lower surface tension fluid onto the edible substrate.
- the colored fluids presented herein desirably, but not necessarily, exhibit Newtonian viscosities, that is, viscosities that do not change with shear rate.
- the colored fluids may exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 2 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm when measured at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70° C. (e.g., 60 0 C).
- the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 1 cps and in still other embodiments, the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 0.5 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm when measured at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70 0 C. (e.g., 6O 0 C).
- the colored fluids will typically have surface tensions of about 20 to 60 dynes per centimeter (cm) at 25 0 C This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have surface tensions of about 25 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C
- the surface tensions of the colored fluids may be lowered by using surface tension modifiers.
- Suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the colored fluids include, but are not limited to, sorbitan esters (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters), fatty acids (e.g. tall oil fatty acids), mixtures of fatty acids, esters of fatty acids (e.g. polyglycerol esters of fatty acids) and lecithins.
- food grade colored fluids having surface tensions of no more than about 40 dynes per cm, more suitably no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25°C. and desirably no more than about 35 dynes per cm at 25°C. may be prepared.
- the colored fluids will contain no more than about 10 wt. % surface tension modifier and desirably no more than about 5 wt. % surface tension modifier.
- the colored fluid may include about 0.05 to about 3 wt. % of a sorbitan ester, e.g., a polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate and/or polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate.
- the colored fluid may include about 1 to about 5 wt. % of a mixture of fatty acids, e.g., tall oil fatty acids, such as a mixture of oleic acid and linoleic acid.
- the colored fluid may include about 0.1 to about 3 wt. % of a fatty acid monoester of a polyglycerol (e.g., octaglycerol), such as octaglycerol monooleate.
- suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include lecithins and, in particular, lecithins that have been deoiled and modified to enhance their water solubility (i.e., lecithins having an enhanced HLB value).
- suitable lecithins include hydroxylated lecithin (e.g., hydroxylated soy lecithin), enzyme modified lecithin (e.g., enzyme modified soy lecithin) and acetylated, hydroxylated lecithin.
- Embodiments of the colored fluid may include about 0.1 to about 3 wt. % of a modified lecithin, such as a lecithin having an HLB value of at least about 9, e.g., about 0.3 to about 2 wt. % hydroxylated soy lecithin.
- suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include polysiloxanes.
- suitable polysiloxanes include ether-modified or polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, hydroxy-functional polydimethylsiloxanes, ester- modified or a polyester-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, polydimethylsiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, phenyl siloxanes, dimethicones, and silsesquioxanes, such as fully or partially condensed silsequioxanes, silicone waxes, and alkylmethylsiloxanes.
- Polysiloxanes are available from, for example, Noveon, under the tradename UTRASIL , Dow Corning , Struktol Company of America,.
- ether-modified polydimethylsiloxanes such as BYK-333
- Silsesquioxanes are available, for example, from Aldrich Chemical and Reade Advanced Materials. Preparation of silsesquioxanes and their reaction chemistry is generally discussed in "Silsesquioxanes, Bridging the Gap Between Polymers and Ceramics", Chemfiles, Vol. 1, No. 6, 2001 (Aldrich Chemical), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- Particle content may be characterized by the silt density index (SDI) of the fluid.
- SDI values provide a measure of particle content that relates the rate of membrane clogging to the quantity of particulate matter present in a fluid.
- SDI values may be measured as follows: two aliquots of equal volume of the fluid to be tested are poured sequentially into a filter and the time required for each aliquot to pass through the filter is measured. The SDI is provided by the ratio of the time it takes the first aliquot to pass through the filter to the time it takes the second aliquot to pass through the filter. A higher SDI value indicates a fluid having a lower particle content.
- a fluid that has no buildup on the filter, and therefore very little particle content, will have an SDI value of 1.
- the food grade colored fluids provided herein include, but are not limited to, fluids having an SDI of at least about 0.5. In certain embodiments the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.75. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.9.
- an SDI value for a given liquid sample may be measured at any arbitrary time after the sample is prepared without requiring any particular set of processing conditions to have been preformed prior to the measurement.
- a Heat Test SDI value is quoted.
- a Heat Test SDI value is measured after heat-aging the sample for at least 11 days at a temperature of at least 70 0 C. according to the procedure described in Example 1.
- the food grade colored fluids may also have a relatively low specific gravity.
- the food grade colored fluids may have a specific gravity of no more than 1.15. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than 1.13 and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than 1.10.
- the present colored fluids may be printed directly onto the surfaces of a variety of edible substrates using conventional printing equipment, such as ink jet printers.
- the surfaces onto which the fluids are printed are desirably porous in order to facilitate absorption of the dye by the surface.
- Suitable edible substrates include, but are not limited to, crackers, chewing gum, biscuits, cereal, taco shells, granola bars, rice cakes, cookies, pie crusts, waffles, cakes, including snack cakes, marshmallows, candies, pasta and various bread products, such as toast, buns, bagels and tortillas.
- the invention provides a system for printing on an edible substrate, comprising: a piezoelectric inkjet printer configured to jet at 10 kHz or greater; and a fluid for printing on an edible substrate comprising a surfactant comprising a polysiloxane and having a surface tension of about 20 dynes/cm to about 40 dynes/cm, wherein the edible substrate remains edible after being printed with the fluid.
- the surface tension of some embodiments of the colored fluid may be from about 26 dynes/cm to about 36 dynes/cm, from about 28 dynes/cm to about 32 dynes/cm.
- the viscosity of some embodiments of the colored fluid may be about 5 to about 25 cps, or about 10 to about 14 cps.
- the concentration of the surfactant of the colored fluid may be about 2 g/L to about 40 g/L.
- the invention provides a method of printing on an edible substrate, the method comprising: providing an inkjet printer, obtaining a pre-fluid having a surface tension of greater than about 36 dynes/cm; and adding a sufficient amount of a surfactant comprising a polysiloxane to the pre-fluid to reduce the surface tension by at least 10 percent to obtain a lower surface tension fluid suitable for applying to an edible substrate, the edible substrate remaining edible after printing, and jetting the lower surface tension fluid onto the edible substrate.
- the surface tension of the colored fluid may be reduced by at least about 25 percent.
- Food grade colored fluids are provided. Food grade colored fluids are described in United States Patent Application Publication Number 20060034984, the subject matter of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- the food grade colored fluids which contain at least one food grade dye and a food grade glycol, such as 1 ,2-propanediol, are useful for printing directly onto the surfaces of various edible substrates.
- "food grade” means that up to specified amounts of the particular compounds can be ingested by a human without generally causing deleterious health effects. Therefore, in order to meet the standard of a "food grade” colored fluid, the colored fluid should be free or substantially free of compounds that generally cause deleterious health effects when ingested by a human.
- the food grade colored fluids are well-suited for use with a variety of ink jet piezo printheads. Examples of manufacturers from which the printheads may be obtained include Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet.
- the printhead may include a nozzle opening of metal, carbon or silicon. The nozzle opening may be of about 50 ⁇ m or less.
- the printhead may have a resolution of about 100 dpi or greater, and may operate at a jetting temperature of about 50 0 C.
- Edible substrates onto which the colored fluids have been applied are also provided.
- Examples of edible substrates onto which the food grade colored fluids may be printed include, but are not limited to, crackers, chewing gum, biscuits, cereal, taco shells, granola bars, rice cakes, cookies, pie crusts, waffles, cakes, including snack cakes, marshmallows, candies, pasta, and various bread products such as toast, buns, bagels, and tortillas.
- This surface of the edible substrate onto which the food grade colored fluids are applied is desirably a porous surface which facilitates the absorption of the food grade colored fluids by the surface, hastening drying.
- porous surface is intended to include any surface having sufficient porosity to allow the food grade colored fluids to be at least partially absorbed.
- the food grade colored fluids may also be applied to nonporous edible surfaces, however, the application of the colored fluids to such surfaces may require a drying step after the colored fluid has been applied.
- the food grade glycol acts as a solvent and may account for a large part of the colored fluid.
- the food grade glycol may account for at least about 25 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 40 wt. % of the colored fluid
- the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 70 wt. % of the colored fluid
- glycerine, water, or a mixture of glycerine and water may be used as co- solvents along with the food grade glycol.
- the amount of water present in the colored fluids may be limited in order to maintain a higher viscosity.
- higher viscosities may be advantageous because they can render the colored fluids suitable for ink jet printing at elevated jetting temperatures.
- Glycerine is a good co-solvent of choice because of its relatively low volatility and its presence may assist in solubilizing some of the food grade dyes. As such, glycerine helps prevent the food grade dyes from solidifying out of solution, crusting onto and clogging jetting nozzles.
- glycerine When glycerine is used as a co-solvent, it is typically present in an amount of at least about 3 wt. %. This includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount of at least 10 wt. %, further includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount at least about 20 wt. %, still further includes embodiments where the glycerine is present in an amount of at least 30 wt.
- the food grade colored fluids contain at least about 70 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof. In another exemplary embodiment, the food grade colored fluids contain about 25 to 95 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, about 3 to 40 wt. % glycerine and no more than about 35 wt. % water.
- the food grade dyes used to produce the colored fluids may be synthetic dyes, natural dyes or a mixture of synthetic and natural dyes.
- the food grade dyes may include any dyes which are soluble in at least one of 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, water, or mixtures thereof.
- suitable dyes include, but are not limited to, synthetic dyes, such as FD&C dyes (e.g., FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1, and/or FD&C Green #3).
- suitable natural dyes include, but are not limited to, turmeric oleoresins, cochineal extracts including carminic acid, gardenia extracts, beet extracts, and other natural colors derived from vegetable juices, and chlorophyll-containing extracts, such as nettle extract, alfalfa extract and spinach extract.
- Anthocyanins are another class of food grade dyes that may be used in the colored fluids. The anthocyanins may be derived from a variety of plant sources, including fruit juices, elderberries, black currants, chokeberries, vegetable juices, black carrots, red cabbage, grapes and grape skins, and sweet potatoes.
- the food grade colored fluids will typically contain about 0.1 to 10 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % (dsb), and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye.
- the food grade dyes used to produce the colored fluids are desirably high purity food grade dyes.
- the food grade dyes may possess purities of at least 85 wt. %, where any water present in the dye is included as an impurity. This includes embodiments where the food grade dyes are at least 87 wt. % pure.
- the food grade dyes desirably have a purity of at least 92 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the food grade dyes have a purity of at least about 95 wt. % and still further includes embodiments where the food grade dyes have a purity of at least about 98 wt.
- Typical impurities found in commercially available food grade dyes may include minerals, such as calcium, metals, such as iron, salts such as sodium chloride and sodium sulfate, and small amounts of water.
- the impurity level of minerals and metals in the food grade dyes will be no more than about 50 ppm. However, in some instances, the impurity levels of these components will be much less.
- the impurity level of calcium will be no more than about 10 ppm and desirably no more than about 5 ppm.
- the impurity level of iron will be no more than about 10 ppm and desirably no more than about 4 ppm.
- Water will typically be present as an impurity in the food grade dyes in an amount of no more than about 5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where water is present as an impurity in an amount of no more than about 2 wt. % and still further includes embodiments where water is present as an impurity in the food grade dyes in an amount of no more than about 1 wt. %.
- inorganic salts are particularly undesirable impurities because these salts tend to corrode printer parts, including printing heads which reduces the lifetime of the printers used to apply the dyes. Therefore, for certain applications it may be advantageous to reduce the level of inorganic salt impurities in the food grade dyes.
- a reduction in inorganic salt content and corrosiveness may be achieved provided at least one of the food grade dyes, and in particular at least one FD&C food grade dye, has a low inorganic salt content (as a percentage of total solids content in the dye).
- any food grade dyes that do not have a low salt content may be present in amounts of no more than about 1 wt. % or in amounts of no more than about 0.6 wt. %.
- all of the food grade dyes in the mixture have a low inorganic salt content.
- the food grade colored fluids provided herein are made with one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt impurity level of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where one or more of the synthetic food grade dyes has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.2 wt.
- the synthetic food grade dyes has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.1 wt. %.
- the inorganic salt impurity level in one or more of the synthetic dyes will be no more than about 1,000 ppm.
- the inorganic salt impurity level in one or more of the synthetic food grade dyes will be no more than about 500 ppm and in still other instances the inorganic salt impurity level in one or more of the synthetic dyes will be no more than about 100 ppm.
- Two typical corrosive inorganic salts found in commercially available dyes, including synthetic dyes, such as FD&C food grade dyes are chlorides, which usually take the form of sodium chloride, and sulfates, which typically take the form of sodium sulfates.
- chlorides which usually take the form of sodium chloride
- sulfates which typically take the form of sodium sulfates.
- the colored fluids may include higher levels of certain less corrosive salts provided the levels of chlorides and/or sulfates in the dyes remains low.
- the impurity limits cited above with respect to chloride and sulfate levels refer specifically to the amount of chloride and/or sulfate ion content in the colored fluids.
- Table A shows exemplary formulations for two high-purity, low-salt food grade dyes that may be used to produce the food grade colored fluids. Both dyes shown in Table A are available from Sensient Colors Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
- the food grade colored fluids may contain other food grade additives such as surface tension modifiers, thickening agents, antioxidants, preservatives, buffering agents, and anti-microbial agents.
- additional additives will typically be present only in small quantities.
- the additional food grade additives may be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 5 wt. % and further includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 3 wt. %.
- the additives may include isopropanol, ethanol, or mixtures thereof as surface tension modifying agents.
- a colored fluid may contain no more than about 10 wt. % isopropanol, ethanol, or a mixture thereof and more typically about 1 to 5 wt. %.
- the colored fluids may contain no more than about 3 wt. % lower alcohol and in some embodiments the colored fluids may be substantially free of lower alcohol, such as isopropanol, i.e., contain no more than about 0.5 wt. % lower alcohol.
- Methylparaben, propylparaben or mixtures thereof may be included in the food grade colored fluids as preservatives. For some applications it is desirable to exclude certain additives.
- some food grade colored liquids in accordance with this disclosure may be free of or substantially free of one or more of the following additives: glycol ethers, polyol monoethers, urea, tetraalkylammonium cations (e.g. tetramethylammonium cations), alkanol ammonium compounds (e.g., monoethanol ammonium compounds, diethylammonium compounds, or triethanol ammonium cations), cationic amide compounds (e.g., protonated formamide), silica, sebacyl chlorides, binding agents and film-forming agents.
- a food grade colored fluid is "substantially free of an additional food grade additive if the colored fluid contains no more than about 0.5 wt.
- the food grade colored fluid contains no more than about 0.2 wt. % of a given additive. In still other instances the food grade colored fluid contains no more than about 0.1 wt. % of a given additive.
- the colored fluids For ink jet printing applications, it is generally desirable for the colored fluids to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 centipoise (cps) at the jetting temperature at which the printing is to take place. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a viscosity of 8 to 12 cps at the desired jetting temperature.
- Some ink jet printers are designed to be operated at ambient temperatures (i.e. about 25°C).
- Other ink jet printers are designed for operation at elevated print head temperatures.
- an ink jet printer may operate at jetting temperatures ranging from about 50 to 70 0 C.
- the formulation of the colored fluids is desirably controlled to provide a suitable viscosity for the intended jetting temperature.
- a colored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 60 0 C.
- the viscosity of these colored fluids may be significantly higher at ambient temperatures.
- the colored fluids may have viscosities of about 35 to 65 cps at 25°C.
- a colored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 25°C.
- the colored fluids have Newtonian viscosities.
- the colored fluids may exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 2 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm at 60 0 C.
- the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 1 cps and in still other embodiments, the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 0.5 cps with a shear rate increase from 15 to 45 at 60 0 C.
- the surface tension of the colored fluids may vary over a relatively wide range, provided it is suitable to allow the colored fluids to be jetted through an ink jet printing head and printed onto the surface of an edible substrate.
- the colored fluids will have surface tensions of about 20 to 60 dynes per cm at 25°C. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have surface tensions of 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C.
- Embodiments may include one or more of the following.
- the surface tension is from about 26 dynes/cm to about 36 dynes/cm, e.g., about 28 dynes/cm to about 32 dynes/cm.
- the fluid has a viscosity of about 5 to 25 cps, e.g. about 10 to 14 cps.
- the fluid is substantially aqueous.
- the surfactant is an ether-modified polydimethylsiloxane, a polydimethylsiloxane, a lecithin, a lecithin derivative, a phospholipid, a glycerol ester, an amphoteric amino acid, an amphoteric imino acid, a sorbitol, sorbitan, a glycol ester, a glycerol ester, an ester-modified polydimethylsiloxane, or mixtures of these.
- the concentration of the surfactant in the fluid is from about 2 g/L to about 40 g/L.
- surface tension modifiers may be included in the colored fluids to lower their surface tensions.
- Sorbitan esters are an example of a type of surface tension modifier that may be used in the colored fluids.
- Suitable sorbitan esters include polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters. Food grade polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters are commercially available under the tradename Tween .
- Tween 80 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate
- Tween ® 65 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate
- Tween ® 60 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate
- Tween ® 40 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate
- Tween 20 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate
- Fatty acids such as tall oil fatty acids, and mixtures of fatty acids may also be employed as surface tension modifiers in the food grade colored fluids.
- Acintol also known as Sylfat FA-I
- a fatty acid mixture available from Arizona Chemical is an example of a suitable surface tension modifier.
- Acintol is a mixture of about 40-45 wt. % oleic acid and 40-45 wt. % linoleic acid (conjugated and nonconjugated).
- Esters of fatty acids such as polyglycerol esters of fatty acids, are another group of surface tension modifiers that may be added to the colored fluids.
- Santone ® 8-1-0, octaglycerol monooleate (available from Loders Croklaan, Netherlands) is one example of a food grade polyglycerol ester suitable for use as a surface tension modifier.
- suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include lecithins and, in particular, lecithins that have been deoiled and modified to enhance their water solubility (i.e., lecithins having a relatively high HLB value).
- lecithins include hydroxylated lecithin (e.g., hydroxylated soy lecithin), enzyme modified lecithin (e.g., enzyme modified soy lecithin) and acetylated, hydroxylated lecithin.
- Embodiments of the colored fluid may include about 0.1 to about 3 wt.
- % of a modified lecithin such as a lecithin having an HLB value of at least about 9, e.g., about 0.3 to about 2 wt. % hydroxylated soy lecithin.
- a commercially available lecithin material that may be used in the colored fluids provided herein is sold under the tradename Yelkin ® 1018 (ADM, Decatur, III).
- Lecithin material may be obtained in many forms and a variety of common natural forms of lecithin material have been observed.
- products such as soy lecithin material include primarily 3 or 4 of the possible forms and are commonly sold as unfractionated mixtures.
- Lecithin material from different sources may be made up of different mixtures.
- the properties of these mixtures can be modified by chemical and/or enzymatic treatments to alter the hydrophilic-hydrophobic balance as desired for the final intended use.
- One example of such a modification is oxidation with oxygen, which ultimately results in a lecithin that contains hydroxyl groups on the lipid side chains of the diglyceride moiety. This decreases the hydrophobicity of the lecithin and increases the overall polarity of the molecule.
- suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include molecules containing silicon, such as siloxanes and polysiloxanes.
- suitable polysiloxanes include ether-modified or polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, hydroxy-functional polydimethylsiloxanes, ester-modified or a polyester-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, polydimethylsiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, phenyl siloxanes, dimethicones, and silsesquioxanes, such as fully or partially condensed silsequioxanes, silicone waxes, and alkylmethylsiloxanes.
- Polysiloxanes are commercially available from Noveon, under the tradename UTRASILTM, Dow Corning ® and Struktol Company of America.
- ether- modified polydimethylsiloxanes are commercially available from BYK Chemie, e.g., BYK - 333.
- Silsesquioxanes are commercially available from Aldrich Chemical or from Reade Advanced Materials. Preparation of silsesquioxanes and their reaction chemistry is generally discussed in "Silsesquioxanes, Bridging the Gap Between Polymers and Ceramics", Chemfiles, Vol. 1, No. 6, 2001 (Aldrich Chemical), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- suitable polysiloxanes include those commercially available from BYK Chemie, Wesel, Germany, such as BYK ® -020 for Inks (a solution of a modified polysiloxane-copolymer in butylglycol / ethylhexanol / white spirits at a 6 / 2 / 1 ratio), BYK ® -024 for Inks (a mixture of polymers and polysiloxanes), BYK®-346 for Inks, BYK ® - 067 A for Inks (a non-aqueous emulsion of a polysiloxane in propyleneglycol), BYK ® -080A for Inks (a non-aqueous emulsion of a polysiloxane copolymer in propyleneglycol), BYK - 085 (methylalkylpolysiloxane; solvent free), BYK®-300 (a
- Surfactants which can act as surface tension modifiers, may be characterized with reference to their hydrophobic-lipophilic balance (HLB) number.
- HLB hydrophobic-lipophilic balance
- the HLB number correlates roughly with the solubility of the surfactant in water, with more water soluble materials typically having a higher HLB value.
- Suitable lecithins for use in the present ink jet inks typically include no more than about 5 wt. % oil and have an HLB number of at least about 9, or, more desirably, at least about 10.
- the lecithin material used in the present colored fluid formulations may often be characterized as having high polarity, high water-solubility and relatively high HLB (e.g., an HLB of at least about 7 and more suitably, an HLB of at least about 9).
- HLB relatively high HLB
- examples of such materials include hydroxylated lecithin material, acetylated lecithin material, and the like.
- Table B below shows HLB values for a number of commercial lecithin materials.
- Lecithin material having these characteristics can be made by a process which includes one or more of the known methods of modifying lecithin materials (e.g., physical, chemical, enzymatic, irradiation, etc.).
- Physical modification refers to blending or co-extruding lecithin materials of different characteristics to provide the desired resulting characteristics.
- Exposure to high-energy ionizing radiation such as cobalt-60 gamma rays, X- rays and electron beams or to UV radiation in the presence of photosensitizers and oxygen or other atmospheres, may also be used to produce modified lecithin materials characterized by higher polarity and/or higher water-solubility.
- the lecithin material may be hydroxylated soy lecithin material.
- food grade colored fluids having surface tensions of less than about 40 dynes per cm at 25 0 C. may be prepared. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a surface tension of no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25 0 C, further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a surface tension of no more than about 35 dynes per cm at 25°C. and still further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a surface tension of no more than about 32 dynes per cm at 25 0 C.
- the surface tension modifiers are desirably added in small quantities to the food grade colored fluids.
- surface tension modifiers make up no more than about 10 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- some of the food grade colored fluids provided herein will contain about 0.05 to 5 wt. % surface tension modifier.
- food grade colored fluids containing surface tension modifiers will contain no more than about 10 wt. % water and desirably no more than about 5 wt. % water.
- the food grade colored liquids desirably have relatively low particle contents.
- some of the colored liquids are solutions of one or more food grade dyes that filterable through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter.
- One measure of the level of particle content may be provided by the silt density index of the colored fluids, which is desirably close to 1.
- the food grade colored fluids provided herein include, but are not limited to, fluids having an SDI of at least about 0.5.
- the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.75. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.9 and still further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have and SDI of at least about 0.95.
- the food grade colored fluids may have a specific gravity of no more than 1.13. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than 1.10 (e.g., about 1.00 to 1.10).
- the pH values of the food grade colored fluids is not critical, however it may be advantageous to provide colored fluids with an apparent pH of at least 4 and desirably at least 5 to prevent the colored fluids from corroding printer parts.
- the colored fluids include, but are not limited to, those having an apparent pH in the range of about 4 to 9. This includes colored fluids having an apparent pH in the range of about 5 to 8. Apparent pH values may be read directly from any suitable, commercially available pH meter. Although these apparent pH values may not be interpreted as an index of hydrogen ion potential nor used in equilibrium computations, they are reproducible and useful for qualitative purposes.
- a food grade colored fluid containing a food grade dye, about 25 wt. % of a food grade glycol, which may be 1 ,2-propanediol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided.
- the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid, and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- the above-described colored fluid may be further defined by a variety of additional ingredients, properties and range limitations to provide a number of different embodiments of the food grade colored fluids. A few of these embodiments will now be described in more detail.
- the food grade glycol makes up at least about 40 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- the colored fluid may contain at least about 3 wt. % glycerine.
- water may make up no more than about 20 wt. % of the colored fluid. In other formulations, the water may account for an even smaller fraction of the colored fluid.
- any water present may make up no more than about 1 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- a specific embodiment of the above-described colored fluid may contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % of the food grade dye.
- the food grade dye in the colored fluid may be FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1 or a mixture thereof.
- the colored fluid may include one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the colored fluid may also contain a food grade natural dye instead of or in combination with one or more synthetic dyes.
- the colored fluid may have one or more the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60 0 C, a surface tension of about 20 to 60 dynes per cm at 25 0 C, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13, a silt density index of at least about 0.5, and a Brookfield viscosity at 60 0 C. that changes by no more than 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm.
- a food grade colored fluid containing about 0.1 to 10 wt. % food grade dye, about 25 to 95 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, about 1 to 50 wt. % glycerine, and no more than about 35 wt. % water is provided.
- This colored fluid has a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60 0 C
- a food grade colored fluid containing a food grade dye, a food grade glycol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided.
- the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid.
- the colored fluid is characterized by a Brookfield viscosity at 60 0 C. that changes by no more than 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm.
- the colored fluid contains at least about 25 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol as the food grade glycol.
- the colored fluid may have a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C and/or a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25 0 C
- a food grade colored fluid comprising a food grade dye and at least about 25 wt. % 1,2-propanediol is provided.
- the food grade dye in the colored fluid has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- the food grade colored fluid may optionally include glycerine.
- the colored fluid contains at least about 70 wt. % 1,2- propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
- the colored fluid may have a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25°C.
- a food grade colored fluid comprising a food grade dye and at least about 70 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof is provided.
- This colored fluid has a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25°C.
- the amount of 1,2-propanediol in the colored fluid may be substantial.
- the colored fluid may contain at least about 40 wt. % 1 ,2- propanediol. This includes embodiments where the colored fluid contains at least about 85 wt. % 1,2-propanediol.
- Glycerine may be present in the colored fluid in amounts of about 2 to 10 wt. %.
- glycerine may be present in amounts of about 35 to 45 wt. %.
- the colored fluid may further include isopropanol, ethanol or a mixture thereof. Methylparaben, propylparaben or a mixture thereof may also be present in the colored fluid.
- the colored fluid may contain no more than about 20 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the colored fluid contains no more than about 1 wt. % water.
- the colored fluid may contain one or more of the following synthetic food grade dyes, FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, or FD&C Blue #1.
- the colored fluid contains one or more synthetic food grade dyes
- one or more of those dyes may have an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
- at least one synthetic food grade dye has a chloride content (as sodium chloride) of no more than about 1000 ppm and a sulfate content (as sodium sulfate) of no more than about 1000 ppm.
- the colored fluid may also contain a natural food grade dye.
- the natural dye may include one or more the following dyes: a turmeric oleoresin, a cochineal extract, gardenia yellow, gardenia blue, or beet powder.
- the colored fluid may have one or more of the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60 0 C, a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C, a silt density index of at least about 0.5, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13, or a specific gravity of no more than about 1.10.
- a method of applying an edible colorant to a surface of an edible substrate, by ink jet printing any one of the above-described food grade colored fluids directly onto the surface of the edible substrate is provided.
- the ink jet printing may take place at a range of jetting temperatures.
- the ink jet printing may take place at a jetting temperature of about 25 to 75°C. This includes methods of printing where the ink jet printing takes place at a jetting temperature of about 50 to about 70 0 C.
- One or more piezoelectric print heads may be used in the printing process.
- the inkjet printhead may include a pumping chamber, the pumping chamber formed, at least in part, of metal, carbon, or silicon.
- the printhead may include a nozzle opening.
- the nozzle opening is defined in metal, carbon or silicon.
- the printhead may have a nozzle opening of about 50 ⁇ m or less.
- the printhead may have a resolution of 100 dpi or greater.
- the printhead operates at a jetting temperature of about 50 0 C or more.
- the system may include a deaeration lung.
- a particular inkjet printhead is the Spectra Nova- AAA jetting printing module having 256 independently addressable jets that is capable of operation of up to 600 dpi is available from Spectra, Inc., Hanover, N.H.
- Piezoelectric inkjet print assemblies are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,265,315, 4,825,227, 4,937,598, 5,659,346 and 5,757,391 ; and in published U.S. Patent Application No. 2004/0004649, the entire contents of each is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- An edible substrate having any one of the above-described food grade colored fluids applied to one or more surfaces thereof is also provided.
- Exemplary embodiments of the present food grade flavored fluids are provided in the following examples.
- the following examples are presented to illustrate the present food grade flavored fluids and methods for applying the flavored fluids to edible substrates and to assist one of ordinary skill in making and using the same.
- the examples are not intended in any way to otherwise limit the scope of the invention.
- Example 1 provides examples of various food grade flavored fluids.
- the ingredients (in weight percent) and several physical characteristics of the fluids are provided in Tables 1-5.
- the physical characteristics presented in the tables were measured as follows. Viscosity measurements were obtained using a Brookfield Programmable LVDV II ⁇ Digital Calculating Viscometer and a Brookfield DV III Rheometer Model V3.3LV with ULA spindle manufactured by Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc., Middleboro, Mass. Surface tension measurements were made using the DuNuoy Ring tensiometer method.
- the DuNuoy Ring tensiometer (Fisher Model 20 manual DuNuoy Ring Tensiometer or CSC Model 70535) may be obtained from Fisher Scientific or CSC Scientific Co., Fairfax, Va.
- SDI measurements were obtained using a modified ASTM D4189-82 protocol for SDI of water.
- SDI testing is a method that relates the rate of membrane plugging or clogging to the quantity of particulate matter in the fluid.
- a stainless steel filter funnel 25 mm, 50 ml bowl capacity
- a Pall Versapor® 25 mm, 0.45 ⁇ m membrane filter disk was placed in the filter funnel and pre-moistened with a few drops of the fluid to be tested.
- the vacuum pressure was set to 23 in. of mercury.
- the fluid to be tested was heat aged for 11 days at 70° C.
- Heat-aging is not necessary to determine the SDI of the flavored fluids.
- SDI may be measured substantially immediately after the flavored fluids are prepared. In these experiments, the flavored fluids were heat-aged in order to test the shelf life of the fluids. A high SDI index after the aging process indicates that significant particle formation does not occur and indicates a long shelf life for the fluids.
- This example describes a method for producing non-aqueous food grade flavored fluids from food grade flavors. Seventeen illustrative fluids and flavors for these fluids are shown in Tables 1-5.
- the flavored fluids were prepared as follows. All ingredients, except the flavor components, were mixed together in a container approved for food use for about 30 to 60 minutes. The resultant solution was then filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. The filtrate was removed to a fume hood where the flavor component was then added. The filtrate and flavored component were stirred together for about 30 minutes to obtain the flavored fluid. The flavored fluid was then filtered with a 0.5 ⁇ m filter. The amount of each component making up the flavored fluid is given in wt. %. TABLE 1
- Glycerine is a 99.7% solution.
- Food grade flavored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet.
- the printhead is set to 55° C.
- a printhead which could be used for jetting these fluids is the NovaAAA jetting assembly 256/80 AQ, manufactured by Spectra.
- Inks successfully jet at frequencies including 1 kHz to 25kHz. Based on the printhead design and fluid ingredients, fluids may be jettable up to a frequency of 40 kHz. For highest resolution a substrate gap of 1 mm may be desirable.
- Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted.
- Flavored fluids can be formulated for a variety of end uses.
- the flavored fluid imparts one or more flavors to a substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern using a printer.
- the flavored fluid enhances the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as printing chocolate flavor on a chocolate snack cake.
- the flavored fluid provides a flavor different from the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as printing strawberry flavor on chocolate.
- the flavored fluid provides surprise impact, such as printing hot or sour flavors on a salty snack.
- the flavored fluids impart a flavor image to the substrate using a printer.
- a flavor image combines taste appeal with visual appeal by printing flavored fluids having both a flavor component and a color component.
- One or more flavored fluids can be printed onto a substrate to produce a variety of images and patterns exhibiting one or more flavors and colors.
- the flavor component may have a direct correlation to the image, such as the image of an jalapeno pepper having a jalapeno flavor, or be completely unrelated, such as the image of a grape having a cinnamon flavor.
- the flavor components and color components are in separate fluids. Flavored fluids contain one or more flavor components. Colored fluids contain one or more colored components.
- Food grade colored fluids suitable for producing images on substrates can be found in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- the flavor image is produced by printing at least one flavored fluid and at least one colored fluid onto a substrate either simultaneously or sequentially. When the fluids are printed sequentially, either the colored fluid or the flavored fluid may be printed first. The fluids may be printed onto the substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern using a printer.
- Examples of the various embodiments include: printing sweet, sour, hot, spicy or honey flavors on a potato chip; printing strawberry, chocolate or citrus flavors on snack cakes; printing sweet, sour, cool or mint flavors on candy products; printing smoky, barbeque, spicy or wasabi on processed food products; printing a bacon flavor onto a dog treat; printing a cheese flavor onto one-half of a cracker and a garlic flavor onto the other one-half of the cracker; printing a strawberry flavor onto one-third of an ice cream bar, a chocolate flavor onto another one-third of the ice-cream bar, and a vanilla flavor onto the remaining one-third of the ice-cream bar; printing a mystery flavor (e.g., apple flavor) onto a colorless, gelatin-based roll-up; printing a strawberry flavor and the image of a strawberry onto a cookie; printing a spicy hot flavor and the image of a volcano onto a slice of bologna; and printing a sour cream & onion flavor and the image of
- the flavored fluids are used to enhance or alter the flavor of the edible substrate.
- a strawberry flavor fluid is applied to a snack cake. When the consumer eats the snack cake, he senses the strawberry flavor as part of consuming the edible substrate.
- the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary sensory experience. The consumer licks the flavored fluid (or flavor image) off the edible substrate prior to its consumption. The flavored fluid (or flavor image) provides a secondary flavor that is separate from any flavor associated with eating the substrate.
- the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary flavor and enhance the flavor of the edible substrate.
- the food grade flavored fluids in Table 6 are particularly well-suited to valve jet printing methods.
- the amount of each component making up the flavored fluid is given in wt. %.
- Another food grade flavored fluid with potential applicability to valve jet printing comprises 57.25 wt. % water, 25 wt. % propylene glycol, 12.5 wt. % citric acid, 5.0 wt. % sucralose, and 0.25 wt. % sodium benzoate.
- flavored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads and subsequently a second flavored fluid can be applied by precision deposition.
- Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted a first flavored fluid and sprayed a second flavored fluid to add another flavor experience.
- a printer imparts one or more flavored fluids to a substrate.
- a USMR Micro-Spray Markers may apply one or more flavored fluid different from the ones imparted by the printer.
- one or more flavored fluids can be printed onto a substrate to produce a variety of images and patterns and the spray marker can apply an additional flavored fluid related to the printed image or complementary to the printed image.
- One example includes printing the image of a jalapeno pepper and spraying or precision depositing a jalapeno flavor.
- the flavor component may have a direct correlation to the image, such as the image of the jalapeno pepper having a jalapeno flavor, or be completely unrelated, such as the image of a grape having a cinnamon flavor.
- Another example includes printing an image of a strawberry and spraying or precision depositing a chocolate flavor on the printed image, or a portion thereof.
- composition comprised the sweetener/acid base below with the addition of a Lemon Flavor (percentages are given in wt. %).
- K07328-Acesulfame K was obtained from Nutrinova
- K12730-Sucralose 81600 PWD was obtained from Tate & LyIe
- the K07639-Citric acid solution 50%) was obtained from Cargill and Jungbunzlauer.
- Valve jet technology was used to jet the formulation onto a processed fruit snack, particularly, a Fruit Roll-Up fruits snack® (General Mills).
- Example 7 is followed except pressures ranging from 18-24 PSI are tested at 1 PSI intervals.
- Example 9 is followed except pressures ranging from 18-24 PSI are tested at 1 PSI intervals.
- Example 2 of Example 1 The strawberry flavor in Table 2 of Example 1 is precision deposited to the following using the technique of Example 7: chocolate; snack cakes; an ice cream bar (with or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla); an edible image of a strawberry on a cookie; cookies such as chocolate or chocolate chip cookies; and other flavors such as chocolate or vanilla onto a chocolate cookies.
- Example 9 The strawberry flavor in Table 5 of Example 1 is precision deposited to the following using the technique of Example 9: chocolate; snack cakes; an ice cream bar (with or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla); an edible image of a strawberry on a cookie; cookies such as chocolate or chocolate chip cookies; and other flavors such as chocolate or vanilla onto a chocolate cookies.
- Example 1 The vanilla flavor in Table 1 of Example 1 is precision deposited using the technique of Example 7 onto ice cream (with or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla) and cookies (without or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla).
- Example 15 The sour flavor in Table 3 of Example 1 is precision deposited using the technique of Example 9 onto a salty snack; a potato chip; candy products; and the center of a starburst image on a gelatin-based roll-up.
- Example 15
- Example 1 The sour cream & onion flavor in Table 5 of Example 1 is precision deposited using the technique of Example 7 onto a potato chip and the image of a jalapeno pepper on a potato chip.
- Example 19 The magenta and red edible inks set forth in Examples 19, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32 are ink jetted onto a commercial potato chip using the technique set forth in Example 24 to form an edible image of a flame.
- the balls of fire flavored fluids of Example 1 are precision deposited using USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Russia, FL) according to the technique according to Example 7.
- the flavored fluids are deposited 1) before ink jetting of the image; and 2) after ink jetting of the image.
- the yellow edible inks set forth in Examples 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, are ink jetted onto a marshmallow using the technique set forth in Example 24 to form an edible image of a banana.
- the banana flavored fluids of Example 1 are precision deposited using USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Russia, FL) according to the technique according to Example 9.
- the flavored fluids are deposited 1) before ink jetting of the image; and 2) after ink jetting of the image.
- the edible image of the banana is ink jet printed onto a banana flavored snack cake, and the banana flavored fluids are precision deposited specifically onto the image to provide an extra burst of banana flavor.
- the flavored fluids may be precision deposited before or after the image is ink jet printed.
- the blue and cyan edible inks set forth in Examples 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, and 49 are ink jetted onto a bagel using the technique set forth in Example 24 to form the image of blueberries.
- the strawberry flavored fluids of Example 1 are precision deposited using USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Russia, FL) according to the technique according to Example 7. Accordingly, the image and the flavor do not correlate, providing an element of surprise or novelty.
- the flavored fluids are deposited 1) before ink jetting of the image; and 2) after ink jetting of the image.
- Examples 19 through 23 below provide examples of various food grade colored fluids.
- the formulations (in weight percent) and several physical characteristics of the fluids of Examples 19 through 23 are provided in Tables 7-13.
- the physical characteristics presented in the tables were measured as follows. Viscosity measurements were obtained using a Brookfield Programmable LVDV H + Digital Calculating Viscometer and a Brookf ⁇ eld DV III Rheometer Model V3.3LV with ULA spindle manufactured by Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc., Middleboro, Mass. Surface tension measurements were made using the DuNuoy Ring tensiometer method.
- the DuNuoy Ring tensiometer (Fisher Model 20 manual DuNuoy Ring Tensiometer or CSC Model 70535) may be obtained from Fisher Scientific or CSC Scientific Co., Fairfax, Va. or from companies such as Cole Palmer or VWR. Absorbance measurements were obtained with a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2 UV/Visible Spectrometer. Specific gravity was measured with a weight per gallon cup which meets ASTM methods. A weight per gallon cup accommodates 8.321 grams of water at 77°F. (25 0 C). The apparent pH values were read directly from an Orion Model 420A electronic pH meter with an Orion 91-55 electrode, after calibrating the instrument with appropriate buffers and immersing the electrode into the colored fluids.
- SDI measurements were obtained using a modified ASTM D4189-82 protocol for SDI of water.
- SDI testing is a method that relates the rate of membrane plugging or clogging to the quantity of particulate matter in the fluid.
- a stainless steel filter funnel 25 mm, 50 ml bowl capacity
- a Pall Versapor ® 25 mm, 0.45 ⁇ m membrane filter disk was placed in the filter funnel and pre- moistened with a few drops of the fluid to be tested.
- the vacuum pressure was set to 23 in. of mercury.
- the fluid to be tested was heat aged for 11 days at 7O 0 C. Heat-aging is not necessary to determine the SDI of the colored fluids. SDI may be measured substantially immediately after the colored fluids are prepared. In these experiments, the colored fluids were heat-aged in order to test the shelf life of the fluids. A high SDI index after the aging process indicates that significant particle formation does not occur and indicates a long shelf life for the fluids.
- This example describes a method for producing non-aqueous food grade colored fluids from food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine.
- Three illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Table 7.
- the colored fluids were prepared as follows. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, methylparaben and propylparaben were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 50 0 C. for approximately 20 minutes. The FD&C dyes were then added while mixing, the heater was turned off, and mixing continued for about one hour. Next the isopropanol was added, the mixing continued for another ten minutes and the mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The resulting colored fluid was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. TABLE 7.
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from food grade natural dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine.
- Four illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Table 10.
- the colored fluids were made according to the procedure described in Example 19 above, with the exception that any water present was added in the initial mixing step and the natural dyes were added in the second mixing step, rather than the FD&C dyes. TABLE 10.
- a natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc. containing 7.5 wt. % cochineal in propylene glycol.
- a natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc. c.
- a natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc. containing 7.7 wt. % ethyl alcohol, 90.8 wt. % propylene glycol and 1.5 wt. % oleoresin turmeric which itself contains 48-50 wt. % curcumin with a balance of flavor and gum components
- d A natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc.
- This example describes a method for producing low inorganic salt content food grade colored fluids from low salt food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine.
- Three illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Table 11. The colored fluids were made according to the procedure described in Example 19 above. TABLE 11. Low Inorganic Sale Content Colored Fluid Formulations
- This example describes a method for producing low viscosity food grade colored fluids from food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine.
- Three illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Tables 12 and 13.
- the colored fluids were prepared as follows. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, water and Docusate sodium were mixed together at 4O 0 C. for approximately 20 minutes. The FD&C dyes were then added while mixing, the heater was turned off, and mixing continued for about one hour. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The resulting colored fluid was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. TABLE 12. Low Viscosit Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
- This Colored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and Pico Jet.
- the printhead is set to 6O 0 C.
- a printhead which could be used for jetting these fluids is the NovaQ jetting assembly 256/80 AQ, manufactured by Spectra.
- Inks successfully jet at frequencies including, but not limited to, 1 kHz to 20 kHz. Based on the printhead design and ink ingredients (formulations) inks may be jettable up to a frequency of 40 kHz. For highest resolution a substrate gap of 1 mm may be desirable. Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted.
- Example 25 Preparation of Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Sorbitan Ester Surface Tension Modifier
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and Tween ® 80, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate surface tension modifier; Tween ® 65, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate; and Tween 60, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate.
- the formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 14.
- the 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, Tween ® , and deionized water were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 40 0 C. for approximately 10 minutes.
- the FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 4O 0 C. for approximately 30 minutes.
- the resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. Next the isopropanol was added, the mixing continued for another ten minutes.
- Example 26 Preparation of Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Fatty Acid Surface Tension Modifier
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and Sylfat ® FA-I, a surface tension modifier composed of a mixture of oleic and linoleic fatty acids.
- the formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 15.
- the 1,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 40 0 C. for approximately 10 minutes.
- the FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 4O 0 C. for approximately one hour.
- the resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter.
- the Sylfat ® FA-I was added to the mixture.
- Example 27 Preparation of Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Polyglycerol Ester Surface Tension Modifier
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and Santone ® 8-1-0, a octaglycerol monooleate surface tension modifier.
- the formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 16.
- the 1,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 40 0 C. for approximately 10 minutes.
- the FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 40 0 C. for approximately one hour.
- the resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter.
- the Santone ® 8-1- 0 was added to the mixture.
- Example 28 Preparation of Low Surface Tension, Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Sorbitan Ester Surface Tension Modifier
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and Tween 80, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate surface tension modifier.
- the formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 17.
- the 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 40 0 C. for approximately 10 minutes.
- the FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 40 0 C for approximately one hour.
- the resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter.
- the Tween ® 80 was added to the mixture.
- Example 29 Preparation of Low Surface Tension, Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Sorbitan Ester Surface Tension Modifier
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and Tween ® 60, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate surface tension modifier and Tween ® 65, a polyoxytheylene sorbitan tristearate surface tension modifier.
- the formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 18.
- the 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 40 0 C. for approximately 10 minutes.
- the FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 40 0 C. for approximately one hour.
- the resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. Next the isopropanol was added and the mixing continued. Finally, the Tween was added to the mixture.
- This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and Yelkin ® 1018, a hydroxylated lecithin surface tension modifier.
- the formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 19.
- the 1,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 4O 0 C. for approximately 10 minutes.
- the FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 40 0 C. for approximately one hour.
- the resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. Next the isopropanol was added and the mixing continued. Finally, the Yelkin 1018 was added to the mixture.
- Example 32 Colored fluids from Food Grade Colored Fluids and BYK ® -333.
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from Food Grade Colored Fluids and BYK ® -333.
- 0.4 g of BYK ® -333 was added to 396.6 g of each of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN and Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluids were mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 29.5 for the fluid prepared with Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN and 29 for the fluid prepared with Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- BYK ® -333 was added to 1198.8 g or 1195.8 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP respectively, to a final concentration of 0.1% or 0.35%.
- the fluid containing 0.1% BYK ® -333 had a pH of 7.29, a viscosity of 48.3, a surface tension of 30.0, a specific gravity of 1.0541 and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) of 0.703.
- the fluid containing 0.35% BYK ® -333 had a pH of 6.5, a viscosity of 47.1, a surface tension of 26.2, a specific gravity of 1.0529 and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) of 0.650.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Yellow Colored Fluid SS and mixed for 1 hour.
- the fluid had a pH of 7.63, a viscosity of 49.6, a surface tension of 29.5, a specific gravity of 1.05983, and an absorbance at 426 nm (1/2000) of 0.56.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Black Colored Fluid TT and mixed for 1 hour.
- the fluid had a pH of 7.29, a viscosity of 46.6, a surface tension of 35.9, a specific gravity of 1.1010, and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/2000) of 0.647, at 575.7 nm (1/2000) of 0.3201, and at 409.1 nm of 0.156.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Blue Colored Fluid VV and mixed for 1 hour.
- the fluid had a pH of 7.13, a viscosity of 48.7, a surface tension of 27.3, a specific gravity of 1.0602, and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) of 0.572.
- .0.1 g of BYK ® -333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Magenta Colored Fluid WW and mixed for 1 hour.
- the fluid had a pH of 7.38, a viscosity of 48.8, a surface tension of 32.9, a specific gravity of 1.0602, and an absorbance at 526.4 nm (1/2000) of 1.1291.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Yellow Colored Fluid YY and mixed for 1 hour.
- the fluid had a pH of 7.62, a viscosity of 54.2, a surface tension of 35.9 and 29.7, a specific gravity of 1.05055, and an absorbance at 426 nm (1/2000) of 0.5565.
- Example 33 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -020
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -020.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -020 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 38°C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled.
- the surface tension was 40.
- Example 34 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -067A
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -067A.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -067A was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 41.4.
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -080A.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -080A was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 4O 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 41.3.
- Example 36 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN and PP and BYK ® -308
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -308.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -308 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 34.2 at 30 0 C and 38.0 at 25 0 C.
- Example 37 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -1660.
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -1660.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -1660 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 4O 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 38.0.
- Example 38 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Foam Blast ® 10
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Foam Blast ® 10.
- 0.1 g of Foam Blast ® 10 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 36.0.
- 0.2 g of Foam Blast 10 was added to 99.8 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- Foam Blast ® 10 was added to 99.85 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C. The surface tension was 37.2.
- Example 39 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and Masil ® SF 350 FG
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and Masil ® SF 350 FG.
- 0.1 g of Masil ® SF 350 FG was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 38.0.
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -024. 0.1 g of BYK ® -024 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C. The surface tension was 29 or 26.4.
- Example 41 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -085
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -085. 0.1 g of BYK ® -085 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C. The surface tension was 36.3.
- Example 42 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -323
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -323.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -323 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O 0 C.
- the surface tension was 37.5.
- Example 43 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Masil ® SF-19
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Masil ® SF-19.
- 0.1 g of Masil ® SF-19 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 37.0.
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and SFl 8-350 (commercially available from GE). hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O 0 C. The surface tension was 37.0.
- Example 45 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and BYK ® -310
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and BYK ® -310.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -310 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30°C.
- the surface tension was 39.0.
- the pH was 6.72, the viscosity was 45.4 cps, the specific gravity was 1.0474, and the absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) was 0.0511.
- Example 46 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -346
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -346.
- 0.1 g of BYK ® -346 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 37.3.
- Example 47 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -301
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK ® -301. 0.1 g of BYK ® -301 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O 0 C. The surface tension was 36.5.
- Example 48 Colored fluids from FOOD GRAPE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehvdran ® 1620
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehydran ® 1620.
- 0.1 g of Dehydran ® 1620 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30 0 C.
- the surface tension was 38.3.
- Example 49 Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehvdran ® 2620
- This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehydran ® 2620.
- 0.1 g of Dehydran ® 1620 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
- the fluid was mixed at 40 0 C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O 0 C.
- the surface tension was 32.4.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Coloring Foods And Improving Nutritive Qualities (AREA)
- General Preparation And Processing Of Foods (AREA)
- Confectionery (AREA)
Abstract
A method of imparting flavor to an edible substrate by precision depositing a first food grade flavored fluid onto a surface of an edible substrate. A method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate by ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid, where the food grade colored fluid includes a food grade dye, a food grade glycol, and a surface tension modifier to create an image and spraying a food grade flavored fluid onto the edible substrate. In addition, a method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate by ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid to create an image and spraying a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol onto the edible substrate.
Description
FLAVORED AND EDIBLE COLORED FLUIDS FOR PRINTING ON EDIBLE SUBSTRATES AND PRECISION DEPOSITION THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/816,943, filed June 28, 2006, and PCT Application No. PCT/US2006/005777, filed February 17, 2006, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/696,045, filed July 1, 2005, the subject matter of each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference. To the extent there are any inconsistencies or discrepancies between the applications and the present application, the present application shall control.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Ink-jet printing has the potential to revolutionize the food industry by providing a novel way to apply ink-jettable fluids to the surfaces of food items. In addition, a way to precision deposit edible flavored and colored fluids to the surfaces of food items is sought. Specifically, this invention provides an economical and efficient way to impart flavor and color to edible substrates using ink-jet ink and precision deposition technology.
SUMMARY
[0003] In one aspect, a method of imparting flavor to an edible substrate by precision depositing a first food grade flavored fluid onto a surface of an edible substrate is provided.
[0004] In another aspect, a method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate by ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid, where the food grade colored fluid includes a food grade dye, a food grade glycol, and a surface tension modifier to create an image and spraying a food grade flavored fluid onto the edible substrate is provided.
[0005] In a further aspect, a method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate by ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid to create an image and spraying a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol onto the edible substrate is provided.
[0006] Other aspects will become apparent by consideration of the detailed description and accompanying drawings.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0007] Fig. 1 is a frontal view of a sprayer;
[0008] Fig. 2 is a side view of the sprayer in Fig. 1 illustrating a spray pattern;
[0009] Fig. 3 is a first configuration of a spraying system including the sprayer of Fig. 1;
[0010] Fig. 4 is a second configuration of a spraying system including the sprayer of Fig. l;
[0011] Fig. 5 is the sprayer of Fig. 1 mounted at an angle; and
[0012] Fig. 6 shows two control signals to operate a spraying system.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0013] Described below are food grade flavored fluids for use in printing on edible . substrates, methods for applying the food grade flavored fluids directly to edible substrates, and edible substrates having the flavored fluids applied thereto. The food grade flavored fluids are typically made from food grade flavors and glycols and optionally water and/or glycerine. The food grade flavored fluids have characteristics that render them suitable for printing directly onto the surfaces of a variety of edible substrates. Formulations of the present invention should be or have at least one of the following: food grade ingredients; compatibility with the food surfaces onto which they will be applied; and properties (e.g., viscosities, surface tensions, smear resistance, solubilities, drying times) that make them suitable for use with ink-jet printers. The food grade flavored fluids are suitable for use with a variety of ink-jet printers, such as Continuous Ink Jet (CIJ), Drop-on-Demand Valve (DoD Valve), Drop-on-Demand Piezo-Electric (DoD Piezo) and Thermal Ink Jet (TIJ). In particular, the food grade flavored fluids are suitable for printing with a variety of piezo and thermal printheads.
[0014] Before any embodiments of the invention are explained in detail, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the following drawings. The invention is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. Also, it is to be understood that the phraseology and
terminology used herein is for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of "including," "comprising," or "having" and variations thereof herein is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items.
[0015] Any numerical range recited herein includes all values from the lower value to the upper value. For example, if a concentration range is stated as 1% to 50%, it is intended that values such as 2% to 40%, 10% to 30%, or 1% to 3%, etc., are expressly enumerated in this specification. These are only examples of what is specifically intended, and all possible combinations of numerical values between and including the lowest value and the highest value enumerated are to be considered to be expressly stated in this application.
[0016] As used herein, "food grade" means that up to specified amounts of the flavored fluids or individual ingredients making up the flavored fluid can be ingested by a human without generally causing deleterious health effects. Therefore, in order to meet the standard of a "food grade" flavored fluid, the flavored fluid should be free or substantially free of ingredients that generally cause deleterious health effects when ingested by a human. When such ingredients are present, e.g., in trace amounts through contamination, those ingredients should be present in amounts below those that would result in the deleterious health effects. Examples of food grade ingredients include those ingredients "generally recognized as safe" ("GRAS") by the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") and flavors approved by the FDA for use in foods for human consumption. In particular, food safe ingredients include those ingredients listed as approved under 21 C.F.R. §§ 172.510, 172.515, 172.520, 172.530, 172.535, 172.575, 172.580 and 172.585.
[0017] A wide variety of edible substrates may be employed. As used herein, "edible substrate" or "substrate" includes any material suitable for consumption that is capable of having a flavor disposed thereon. Examples of edible substrates onto which the food grade flavored fluids may be printed include snack chips (e.g., sliced potato chips), fabricated snacks (e.g., fabricated chips such as tortilla chips, potato chips, potato crisps), extruded snacks, cookies, cakes, chewing gum, candy, various bread products (e.g., biscuits, toast, buns, bagels, and tortillas), fruit, dried fruit, beef jerky, crackers, pasta, hot dogs, sliced meats, cheese, pancakes, waffles, dried fruit film, breakfast cereals, toaster pastries, ice cream cones, ice cream, gelatin, ice cream sandwiches, ice pops, yogurt, desserts, cheese cake, pies, cup cakes, English muffins, pizza, pies, meat patties, fish sticks, chocolate, hard candy, iced
cakes and cookies, marshmallows, muffins, pellet gum, pretzels, processed fruit snacks, pudding, taffy, and vanilla wafers. Additional examples of edible substrates may include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutical applications and pet food applications (e.g., pet treats, snacks, and food). Although any substrate may be combined with any food grade flavored fluid, some substrates may be more compatible than others with a particular food grade flavored fluid. In one embodiment, the edible substrate excludes edible films.
[0018] The surface of the edible substrate onto which the food grade flavored fluids are applied may be a porous surface which facilitates the absorption of the food grade flavored fluids by the surface, hastening drying. As used herein, the term "porous surface" is intended to include any surface having sufficient porosity to allow the food grade flavored fluids to be at least partially absorbed. The food grade flavored fluids may also be applied to nonporous edible surfaces, including gelcapsules, gelatin-based roll-ups and other semi to nonporous materials. An optional drying step may be employed when applying to nonporous edible substrates, after the flavored fluid has been applied. Although the above substrates are typically associated with human consumption, it should be understood that any substrate fit for human or animal consumption may be used. Additional examples may include dog bones and dog biscuits.
[0019] The food grade flavored fluids may comprise food grade glycol, which acts as a solvent and may account for a large part of the flavored fluid. For example, the food grade glycol may account for at least about 10 wt. % of the flavored fluid. This includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 25 wt. % of the flavored fluid, further includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 40 wt. % of the flavored fluid, still further includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 70 wt. % of the flavored fluid, and even further includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 85 wt. % of the flavored fluid. Examples of the food grade glycol include 1 ,2-propanediol, propylene glycol, and combinations thereof. Optionally, food grade thickeners such as sugar syrup, potassium tricitrate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose (e.g., Akucell AF 1705 from Akzo Nobel), and hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel EF from Hercules Inc.) may be used in addition to the food grade glycols or as a partial or complete replacement for the food grade glycols in the flavored fluid.
[0020] Glycerine, water, or a mixture of glycerine and water, may optionally be used as co-solvents along with the food grade glycol. Glycerine provides low volatility and may assist in solubilizing some of the food grade flavors. As such, glycerine helps prevent the food grade flavors from solidifying out of solution, crusting onto and clogging jetting nozzles. When glycerine is used as a co-solvent, it is typically present in an amount of at least about 1 wt. % of the food grade flavored fluid. This includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 10 wt. %, further includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 20 wt. %, still further includes embodiments where the glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 30 wt. %, and even further includes embodiments where the glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 45 wt. %. The amount of glycerin present, if any, will depend on a variety of factors, including the extent to which the food grade flavors are soluble in the food grade glycols. Thus, some of the flavored fluids may contain a relatively small amount of glycerine (e.g. about 2 to 10 wt. %) and others may contain a larger amount of glycerine (e.g. about 30 to 45 wt. %). In still other embodiments, glycerine is present in intermediate quantities (e.g. about 12 to 18 wt. %). In one exemplary embodiment, the food grade flavored fluids contain at least about 70 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
[0021] The food grade flavored fluids may comprise up to about 90 wt. % water, depending upon the type of ink jet method employed. The food grade flavored fluids may be prepared with a relatively high water content. For example, in some embodiments the flavored fluids may contain at least about 50 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contains at least about 65 wt. % water, and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids may contain at least about 75 wt. % water. Food grade flavored fluids having a relatively high water content are particularly suited to valve jet printing methods. In one exemplary embodiment, the food grade flavored fluid comprises about 50 to 90 wt. % water.
[0022] The food grade flavored fluids may also be prepared with a low water content. For example, in some embodiments the flavored fluids may contain no more than about 35 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain no more than about 20 wt. % water, and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain no more than about 5 wt. % water. The food grade flavored fluids may be free of or substantially free of water, e.g., having a water content of no more than about 1 wt. %. In
these compositions, water can be added, water may be due solely or partially to water absorbed from the air under humid conditions and/or water may be introduced as an impurity or minor component of one of the solvents or additives that make up the flavored fluids. It is advantageous to limit the amount of water present in the flavored fluids because a high water content tends to decrease the viscosity of the fluids, rendering them less suitable for use in some printing applications, such as ink-jet printing applications where elevated jetting temperatures are used. In one exemplary embodiment, the food grade flavored fluids contain about 25 to 95 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, about 3 to 40 wt. % glycerine and no more than about 35 wt. % water.
[0023] The food grade flavors used to produce the food grade flavored fluids may be synthetic or artificial flavors, natural flavors or any mixture thereof. The food grade flavors may include any flavors which are soluble in at least one of a food grade glycol, glycerine, water, or mixtures thereof. Examples of suitable flavors include almond, amaretto, apple, green apple, apple-cherry-berry, apple-honey, apricot, bacon, balls of fire, banana, barbeque, beef, roast beef, beef steak, berry, berry blue, birch beer/spruce beer, blackberry, bloody mary, blueberry, boysenberry, brandy, bubble bum, butter, butter pecan, buttermilk, butterscotch, candy corn, cantaloupe, cantaloupe lime, caramel, carrot, cassia, caviar, celery, cereal, champagne, cherry, cherry cola, cherry maraschino, wild cherry, black cherry, red cherry, cherry-cola, chicken, chocolate, chocolate almond, cinnamon spice, citrus, citrus blend, citrus-strawberry, clam, cocoa, coconut, toasted coconut, coffee, coffee almond, cola, cola-vanilla, cookies & cream, cool, cotton candy, cranberry, cranberry-raspberry, cream, cream soda, dairy type cream, creme de menthe, cucumber, black currant, dulce de leche, egg nog, pork fat, type fat, anchovy fish, herring fish, sardine fish, frankfurter, fiery hot, fried garlic, sauteed garlic, gin, ginger ale, ginger beer, graham cracker type, grape, grape grapefruit, grapefruit-lemon, grapefruit-lime, grenadine, grill, guarana, guava, hazelnut, honey, hot, roasted honey, ice cream cone, jalapeno, key lime, kiwi, kiwi-banana, kiwi- lemon-lime, kiwi-strawberry, kola champagne, lard type, lemon, lemon custard, lemonade, pink lemonade, lemon-lime, lime, malt, malted milk, mango, mango-pineapple, maple, margarita, marshmallow, meat type, condensed milk, cooked milk, mint, mirepoix, mocha, mochacinna, molasses, mushroom, sauteed mushroom, muskmelon, nectarine, neopolitan, green onion, sauteed onion, orange, orange cordial, orange creamsicle, orange creme, orange peach mango, orange strawberry banana, creamy orange, mandarin orange, orange-passion- guava, orange-pineapple, papaya, passion fruit, peach, peach-mango, peanut, roasted peanut,
pear, pecan danish type, pecan praline, pepper, peppermint, pimento, pina colada, pina colada/pineapple-coconut, pineapple, pineapple-orange, pistachio, pizza, pomegranate, pork fat type, baked potato, prune, punch, citrus punch, tropical punch, cherry fruit punch, grape punch, raspberry, black raspberry, blue raspberry, red raspberry, raspberry-blackberry, raspberry-ginger ale, raspberry-lime, roast type, root beer, rum, sangria, sarsaparilla, sassafras, sausage, sausage pizza, savory, seafood, shrimp, hickory smoke, mesquite smoke, sour, sour cream, sour cream and onion, spearmint, spicy, strawberry, strawberry margarita, jam type strawberry, strawberry-kiwi, burnt sugar, sweet, supersweet, sweet & sour, tallow, tamarind, tangerine-lime, tangerine, tea, tequila type, toffee, triple sec, tropical fruit mix, turkey, tutti frutti, vanilla, vanilla cream, vanilla custard, french vanilla, vegetable, vermouth, vinegar, balsamic vinegar, watermelon, whiskey, wildberry, wine, and yogurt. Other examples of flavors are found in 21 C.F.R. §§ 172.510, 172.515, 172.520, 172.530, 172.535, 172.575, 172.580 and 172.585, which are hereby fully incorporated by reference. A variety of food grade flavors are commercially available from Sensient Flavors Inc. in Indianapolis, Indiana, Givaudan SA in Cincinnati, Ohio, and International Flavors & Fragrance in New York, New York.
[0024] The relative amount of the food grade flavors used in the food grade flavored fluids may vary depending on the desired flavor and the intensity of the flavor. In some embodiments, the food grade flavored fluids will typically contain at least about 0.1 wt. % food grade flavor which includes other embodiments containing at least about 0.5 wt. %. In some embodiments, the flavored fluids contain less than about 20.0 wt. %, in others less than about 10.0 wt. %, and in others less than about 5.0 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. %, and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % food grade flavor. Preferably the flavored fluids contain about 0.1 to 10.0 wt. % food grade flavor.
[0025] In addition to the food grade flavors and glycols and any optional glycerine and/or water co-solvents, the food grade flavored fluids may comprise other food grade additives such as surface tension modifiers, thickening agents, antioxidants, preservatives, buffering agents, anti-microbial agents, vitamins, and nutrients. These additional additives will typically be present only in small quantities. For example, these additional food grade additives may be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. % of the flavored fluid. This includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more
than about 5 wt. % and further includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 3 wt. %. Examples of additives include sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, sodium laurel sulfate, sodium laureth sulfate, sugar syrup, potassium tricitrate, hydro xypropyl methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose (e.g., Akucell AF 1705 from Akzo Nobel), hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel EF from Hercules Inc.), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), «-propyl gallate (PG), ascorbic acid (Vitamin C), sodium ascorbate, calcium ascorbate, tocopherols (e.g., extracted from cereals, oilseeds, nuts, and vegetables), spice extracts (e.g., clove, sage, oregano, rosemary, and allspice), methylparaben, propylparaben, sodium benzoate, and citric acid. Additional additives can be found in 21 C.F.R. § 172.5, which is hereby fully incorporated by reference. Additives may be used individually or in combination.
[0026] Food grade flavor fluid additives may also include synthetic dyes, natural dyes, pigments, pearlescent pigments, or combinations thereof. As used herein, the term "dye" denotes dyes which are soluble in water and/or in the other co-solvents, comprising substantial amounts of glycols and/or glycerine, employed in the present flavored fluids. Suitable synthetic dyes for use in the present flavored fluids include food grade FD&C dyes, such as FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1, and FD&C Green #3, and their corresponding lakes. Suitable natural dyes include turmeric oleoresins, caramel color, cochineal extracts including carminic acid and its corresponding lake, gardenia extracts, beet extracts, and other natural colors derived from vegetable juices, and chlorophyll-containing extracts, such as nettle extract, alfalfa extract and spinach extract. Anthocyanins are another class of food grade dyes that may be used in the flavored fluids. The anthocyanins may be derived from a variety of plant sources, including fruit juices, elderberries, black currants, chokeberries, vegetable juices, black carrots, red cabbage, grapes and grape skins, and sweet potatoes. The use of a pearlescent pigment confers the ability to impart improved pearlescence to edible articles. The pearlescent pigment should be capable of meeting all government approved requirements for human consumption. Suitably, these pearlescent pigments include those pigments having a mica, titanium oxide or iron oxide base. In one embodiment, the pearlescent pigment comprises a micaceous pearlescent pigment, such as those containing mica coated with titanium dioxide, iron oxide, and combinations thereof. Other examples of pearlescent pigments include, but are not limited to, those available under the trade name Candurin® from Merck KGaA and those set forth in PCT publication No. WO 00/03609, the entire disclosure
of which is incorporated herein by reference. A non-limiting list of suitable Candurin® pearlescent pigment products include the following: silver fine, silver sheen, silver lustre, silver sparkle, gold shimmer, red shimmer, blue shimmer, green shimmer, gold sheen, light gold, gold lustre, brown amber, orange amber, red amber, red lustre, and red sparkle. Other examples of pearlescent pigments include, but are not limited to, those available under the trade names Bi-Lite®, Cellini®, Chroma-Lite®, Cloisonne®, Cosmica®, Desert Reflections®, Duocrome®, Flamenco®, Gemtone®, Mearlite®, Mearlmaid®, Pearl-Glo®, Reflecks®, Shinju®, and Timica® from the BASF Group (formerly Engelhard Corporation) and those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,627,212 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005-0257716, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference. Other pearlescent pigments are based on platy titanium dioxide which imparts a distinctive color. Additional pearlescent pigments that may be utilized are available from HebeiOxen (China). Examples of pearlescent pigments from HebeiOxen include, but are not limited to, pigments from the anatase series, including bright silver, fine silver, satin silver, metal silver, intense silver, and super bright silver; pigments from the gold luster series, including, bright brass gold, satin super gold, fine gold, bright orange, flash gold, bright violet gold, bright rose red, satin khaki, and bright khaki; pigments from the rutile series, including, bright silver, fine silver, satin silver, satin gold, bright gold, satin red, bright red, bright red orange, bright violet, satin violet, satin blue, bright blue, satin green, bright green, satin violet, bright violet; pigments from the metal luster series, including, bright brown yellow, bright red, bright violet red, satin violet red, bright violet, satin violet, satin red, bright green, bright brown, metal brown yellow, bright orange red, and satin orange red; pigments from the dyeing series, including satin gray, bright blue, bright yellow, bright green, bright peachblow, and bright violet red; pigments from the polychrome series, including bright super blue, bright blue, bright blue violet, bright blue green, bright green blue, bright green, and bright green yellow; pigments from the weather resistance series, including bright silver, satin silver, bright red, bright violet red, bright blue, and bright green; pigments from the superstrength weatherable series, including blue green, bright green, bright violet, bright blue violet red, and yellow green; pigments from the 9000 series, including bright black and satin black; pigments from the silver white series, including crystal silver, and crystal sparkling silver; pigments from the interference series, including sparkling gold, glowing red, amethyst violet, ultra sparkling blue, and ultra sparkling green; pigments from the gold series, including brass gold; pigments from the iron series, including brown yellow and violet red. Other examples of pearlescent pigments include, but are not limited to, those available under the trade name Covapearl® from Sensient. A non-limiting list of
suitable Covapearl pearlescent pigment products include the following: green 737, light dore 235, antique 236, bright 933, spark silver 937, satin 931, silver 939, red 339, pink 433, and blue 635. Other examples of pearlescent pigments may be found in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,611,851 and 6,902,609 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005-0147724, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference. Other pearlescent pigments are based on iron oxide based pigments available from HebeiOxen.
[0027] Although the relative amount of the food grade dyes and pigments used in the food grade flavored fluids may vary depending on the desired color, shade and intensity, the food grade flavored fluids, when used, will typically comprise at least about 0.01 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment, in others at least about 5.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment, and in yet others at least about 10.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment. Dyes and/or pigments are not required. In some embodiments, the flavored fluids comprise less than about 10.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment, in others less than about 7.5 wt. % food grade dye and/or pigment, and in yet others less than about 5.0 wt. % (dsb) food grade dyes and/or pigments. This includes embodiments where the food grade flavored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % (dsb), and further includes embodiments where the food grade flavored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and/or pigment. In another embodiment, the food grade flavor fluid excludes chromic compounds comprising polymerized polyacetylenes.
[0028] Additives to flavored fluids may further include lower alcohols (i.e. alcohols having one to six carbon atoms), such as isopropanol, ethanol, «-butyl alcohol, and z-butyl alcohol, or mixtures thereof. The lower alcohols may be used as surface tension modifiers and will generally be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. % and more typically about 1 to 5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids may contain no more that about 3 wt. % lower alcohol and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids may be substantially free of lower alcohol, such as isopropanol, i.e., contain no more than about 0.5 wt. % lower alcohol.
[0029] For some applications it is desirable, but not required, to exclude certain additives. For example, some food grade flavored fluids in accordance with this disclosure may be free of or substantially free of one or more of the following additives: glycol ethers, polyol monoethers, urea, tetraalkylammonium cations (e.g. tetramethylammonium cations), alkanol ammonium compounds (e.g., monoethanol ammonium compounds, diethylammonium
compounds, or triethanol ammonium cations), cationic amide compounds (e.g., protonated formamide), silica, sebacyl chlorides, binding agents and film-forming agents. A food grade flavored fluid is "substantially free of an additional food grade additive if the flavored fluid contains no more than about 0.5 wt. % of the additional food grade additive. In some instances, the food grade flavored fluid contains no more than about 0.2 wt. % of a given additive. In still other instances the food grade flavored fluid contains no more than about 0.1 wt. % of a given additive. For example, it may be desirable to have food grade flavored fluids which contain no more than about 0.05 wt. % binding agents and/or film-forming agents, such as polymers, gum arabic, hydrocolloids, xanthum gum, waxes, alginates and polysaccharides.
[0030] For some applications, it is generally desirable for the food grade flavor fluids to have a high degree of purity. Impurities can affect the jettability of the flavored fluids and/or the lifetimes of printer parts. Inorganic salts, such as sodium chloride and sodium sulfate, are examples of common impurities that may be particularly detrimental to flavor fluids. Fluids having elevated salt contents, whether from the flavor component or elsewhere, may be corrosive to printer parts and lead to shorter printer lifetimes. Therefore, it is typically advantageous to prepare flavored fluids having a low inorganic salt content, or at least a low chloride and/or sulfate ion content. In some exemplary embodiments, the flavored fluids contain an inorganic salt content, and more specifically in some instances a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. This includes embodiments in which the flavored fluids contain an inorganic salt content, or at least a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.2 wt. % and desirably no more than about 0.1 wt. %. The salt (e.g. chloride and or sulfate ion) impurity level in the food grade flavor fluid will desirably be no more than about 1000 ppm. In some embodiments, the impurity level will be no more than about 500 ppm and in still other embodiments the impurity level will be no more than about 100 ppm. In some instances it may be possible for the flavored fluids to include higher levels of certain less corrosive salts provided the levels of chlorides and/or sulfates in the flavor fluids remains low. Thus, in certain embodiments, the inorganic salt content and impurity limits cited above may be interpreted to refer specifically to chloride and/or sulfate ion content in the flavored fluids. Other examples of detrimental impurities include surface oils, bulk oils, and suspended solids having particle diameters greater than 5 μm.
[0031] For some applications (e.g., ink jet printing), it is also generally desirable for the food grade flavored fluids to have a viscosity of at least about 8 centipoise (cps), in others at least about 12 cps, and in yet others about 14 cps at a particular temperature (e.g., at the jetting temperature at which the printing is to take place). In some embodiments, the flavored fluids have a viscosity of less than about 14 cps, in others less than about 12 cps, and in yet others less than about 8 cps. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have a viscosity of 8 to 12 cps at the desired jetting temperature. Some ink-jet printers are designed to be operated at ambient temperatures (i.e. about 25° C). Other ink-jet printers are designed for operation at elevated print head temperatures of at least 80° C or higher. For example, an ink-jet printer may operate at jetting temperatures ranging from about 50 to 70° C. The flavored fluids may have these viscosities at the prescribed temperatures when they are used in non-ink jet applications such as precision deposition. The formulation of the flavored fluids, including the ratio of food grade glycol to glycerine and the amount of water present, may be desirably controlled to provide a suitable viscosity for the intended jetting temperature. For example, a flavored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 60° C. However, the viscosity of these flavored fluids may be significantly higher at ambient temperatures. For example, the flavored fluids may have viscosities of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C. Alternatively, a flavored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 25° C. The preferred viscosity of a flavored fluid may be dictated by the ink jet printing method. For example, flavored fluids for piezo ink jet printers typically have viscosities ranging from about 8 to 14 cps at jetting temperature. In contrast, flavored fluids for valve jet printer typically have viscosities ranging from about 1 to 5 cps at jetting temperature.
[0032] It has been discovered that food grade flavored fluids exhibiting Newtonian viscosities perform favorably. Thus, in some embodiments, the flavored fluids have Newtonian viscosities. Specifically, the flavored fluids may exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 2 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70° C (e.g., 60° C). In some embodiments, the flavored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 1 cps and in still other embodiments, the flavored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 0.5 cps with a shear rate increase from 15 to 45 when measured at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70° C (e.g., 60° C).
[0033] In ink jet ink applications, the surface tension of the food grade flavored fluids may vary over a relatively wide range, provided it is suitable to allow the flavored fluids to be jetted through an ink-jet printing head and printed onto the surface of an edible substrate. In some applications (e.g., for precision deposition or ink jet), the flavored fluids will have surface tensions of at least about 20 dynes per cm at 25° C, in others at least about 35 dynes per cm at 25° C, and in yet others at least about 60 dynes per cm at 25° C. In some embodiment, the flavored fluids will have surface tensions less than about 60 dynes per cm at 25° C, in others less than about 40 dynes per cm at 25° C, and in yet others less than about 30 dynes per cm at 25° C. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have surface tensions of 35 to 60 dynes per cm at 25° C and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have surface tensions of 28-32 dynes/cm.
[0034] To prevent clogging of ink-jet printer nozzles it is advantageous to provide food grade flavored fluids having reduced particle content. Particle content may be characterized by the silt density index (SDI) of the fluid. SDI values provide a measure of particle content that relates the rate of membrane clogging to the quantity of particulate matter present in a fluid. SDI values may be measured as follows: two aliquots of equal volume of the fluid to be tested are poured sequentially into a filter and the time required for each aliquot to pass through the filter is measured. The SDI is provided by the ratio of the time it takes the first aliquot to pass through the filter to the time it takes the second aliquot to pass through the filter. A higher SDI value indicates a fluid having a lower particle content. A fluid that has no buildup on the filter, and therefore very little particle content, will have an SDI value of 1. Unless otherwise noted, an SDI value for a given liquid sample may be measured at any arbitrary time after the sample is prepared without requiring any particular set of processing conditions to have been preformed prior to the measurement. SDI temperature accelerated conditions may be varied according to the jetting temperature and/or heat stability of the flavored component. The SDI values of the flavored fluids may also be beneficial for use in precision deposition applications.
[0035] The food grade flavored fluids desirably have relatively low particle contents. As such, some of the flavored fluids are solutions of one or more food grade flavors that filter through a filter having a size of at least about 0.2 μm and in others at least about 1 μm. In some embodiments, the flavored fluids filter through a filter having a size less than about 5 μm. The food grade flavored fluids provided herein include fluids having an SDI of at least
about 0.5. In certain embodiments the flavored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.75. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.9 and still further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.95.
[0036] Low specific gravity may be advantageous in some applications. In a typical embodiment, the food grade flavored fluids may have a specific gravity of no more than about 1.15. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13 and further includes embodiments where the flavored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than about 1.10 (e.g., about 1.00 to 1.10).
[0037] The pH values of the food grade flavored fluids are not critical, however it may be advantageous to provide flavored fluids with an apparent pH of at least about 3 and desirably at least about 5 to prevent the flavored fluids from corroding printer parts or precision deposition equipment. Generally, the flavored fluids include those having an apparent pH in the range of about 4 to 9. This includes flavored fluids having an apparent pH in the range of about 5 to 8. Apparent pH values may be read directly from any suitable, commercially available pH meter. Although these apparent pH values may not be interpreted as an index of hydrogen ion potential nor used in equilibrium computations, they are reproducible and useful for qualitative purposes.
[0038] Generally, the food grade flavored fluids are made by mixing all ingredients except the flavor component in a food grade container for about 30 to 60 minutes to form a solution. Mixing is generally done under ambient conditions. However, the ingredients may be heated to temperatures less than about 600C during the mixing process. If heat is applied during mixing, the resultant solution may be cooled to ambient temperature before proceeding to the next step. In one embodiment, after mixing, the solution is passed through a filter having a size of about 0.2μm. The flavor component is added to the filtrate, preferably in a fume hood, and the filtrate and flavor component are stirred for about 30 minutes to form the flavored fluid. The flavored fluid is then passed through a filter having a size of about 0.5 μm to 1.0 μm.
[0039] The following illustrative embodiments are intended to further exemplify the food grade flavored fluids. These embodiments should not be interpreted as limiting the scope of the flavored fluids disclosed herein.
[0040] A food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor, about 25 wt. % of a food grade glycol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided. In this flavored fluid, the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the flavored fluid, and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the flavored fluid.
[0041] The above-described flavored fluid may be further defined by a variety of additional ingredients, properties and range limitations to provide a number of different embodiments of the food grade flavored fluids. A few of these embodiments will now be described in more detail.
[0042] A food grade flavored fluid comprising about 0.1 to 10 wt. % food grade flavor, about 25 to 95 wt. % food grade glycol, about 1 to 50 wt. % glycerine and no more than about 35 wt. % water is provided. This flavored fluid has a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 600 C.
[0043] A food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor, a food grade glycol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided. In this flavored fluid the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water comprise at least about 90 wt. % of the flavored fluid and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the flavored fluid. The flavored fluid is characterized by a Brookfield viscosity at 60° C that changes by no more than 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm. In one embodiment, the flavored fluid contains at least about 25 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol as the food grade glycol. In another embodiment, the flavored fluid contains at least about 25% propylene glycol. The flavored fluid may have a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25° C and/or a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C.
[0044] A food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and at least about 25 wt. % food grade glycol is provided. The food grade flavor in the flavored fluid has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. The food grade flavored fluid may optionally include glycerine. In some embodiments, the flavored fluid contains at least about 70 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof. In other embodiments, the flavored fluid contains at least about 70 wt. % propylene glycol, glycerine or a mixture thereof. The flavored fluid may have a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C.
[0045] A food grade flavored fluid comprising at least about 40 wt. % food grade glycol is provided. The flavored fluid comprises at least about 0.1 wt. % flavor component. When glycerine is present, the flavored fluid comprises at least about 3 wt. % glycerine. In applications where it is desirable to limit the amount of water present, water may make up no more than about 20 wt. % of the flavored fluid. In other formulations, the water may account for an even smaller fraction of the flavored fluid. For example, any water present may make up no more than about 1 wt. % of the flavored fluid. A specific embodiment of the above- described flavored fluid may contain about 0.1 to 7.5 wt. % of a food grade dye. The food grade dye in the flavored fluid may be FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1 or a mixture thereof. The flavored fluid may include one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. The flavored fluid may also contain a food grade natural dye instead of or in combination with one or more synthetic dyes. The flavored fluid may have one or more the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60° C, a surface tension of about 20 to 60 dynes per cm at 25° C, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13 , a silt density index of at least about 0.5, and a Brookfield viscosity at 60° C that changes by no more than about 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm.
[0046] A food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and at least about 70 wt. % food grade glycol, glycerine or a mixture thereof is provided. This flavor fluid has a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25° C. The amount of glycol (e.g., 1 ,2-propanediol) in the flavored fluid may be substantial. For example, the flavored fluid may contain at least about 40 wt. % glycol. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluid contains at least about 85 wt. % glycol. Glycerine may be present in the flavored fluid in amounts of about 2 to 10 wt. %. Alternatively, glycerine may be present in amounts of about 12 to 30 wt. %. The flavored fluid may further include isopropanol, ethanol or a mixture thereof. Methylparaben, propylparaben or a mixture thereof may also be present in the flavored fluid. Additionally, synthetic dyes, natural dyes, or combinations thereof may be present in the flavored fluid. In applications where a low water content is desirable, the flavored fluid may contain no more than about 20 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the flavored fluid contains no more than about 1 wt. % water. The flavored fluid may contain one or more synthetic food grade flavors including sour flavor, strawberry flavor, vanilla flavor and balls of fire. The flavored fluid may have one or more of the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 60° C, a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25° C, a silt density index of
at least about 0.5, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13, or a specific gravity of no more than about 1.10.
[0047] A method of applying an edible flavor to a surface of an edible substrate, by ink- jet printing any one of the above-described food grade flavored fluids directly onto the surface of the edible substrate is provided. The ink-jet printing may take place at a range of jetting temperatures. For example, the ink-jet printing may take place at a jetting temperature of about 25 to 75° C. This includes methods of printing where the ink-jet printing takes place at a jetting temperature of about 50 to 70° C. One or more piezoelectric print heads may be used in the printing process.
[0048] In addition to, or in conjunction with, printing food grade flavors and flavored fluids onto edible substrates using, for example, the ink-jet ink and valve printing technology set forth above, deposition, and more preferably, precision deposition of food grade flavors and flavored fluids onto food products may be employed. In one embodiment, precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids is accomplished with USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL), which is described below as it applies to precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids to edible substrates, or edible substrates having images ink jet printed thereon.
[0049] The precision deposition may be used alone to apply one or more food grade flavored fluids to an edible substrate. Additional application of the same or different flavored fluids may be accomplished using the precision deposition technology set forth below. In addition, the printing technology (e.g. ink jet and valve) may be used to apply flavored fluids onto flavored fluids applied using precision deposition. More typically, however, would be the precision deposition of flavored fluids onto the same or different flavored fluids applied using the printing technologies described herein. Various combinations of the precision deposition and printing technologies will be readily ascertainable to those skilled in the art. These combinations will be preferably suited for accomplishing Examples 2 and 5.
[0050] Precision deposition can also be used to apply fluids having at least one of a color component, a flavor component, or both onto an image (e.g. those set forth in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference) or flavor image applied by the printing methods described herein. Those skilled in the art will
readily ascertain the various combinations of flavored fluids and colored edible fluids that can be applied through various combinations of printing technology (e.g. ink jet and valve) and the precision deposition methods described herein.
[0051] Food grade flavored fluids may be precision deposited onto the surface of an edible substrate. Precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids is accomplished with the use of a USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL). For the purposes of the present application, precision deposition means something different than ink jet or valve printing. In other words, precision deposition as used herein is not ink jet or valve printing.
[0052] Precision deposition.provides the ability to precisely deposit a flavor or sensory experience onto an edible substrate (e.g., processed, snack, savory, sweet, candy, gum, etc.) that enhances the consumer's eating experience. This precision deposition delivers advantages other methods of flavor application do not, including specific area application, less waste and flexibility (e.g., a multi-pack of a product can house a different flavor/sensory experience with each product contained therein).
[0053] Flavored fluids can be formulated for a variety of end uses. In one embodiment, the flavored fluid imparts one or more flavors to a substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern using a USMR Micro-Spray Marker. In another embodiment, the flavored fluid enhances the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as depositing chocolate flavor on a chocolate snack cake. In yet another embodiment, the flavored fluid provides a flavor different from the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as depositing strawberry flavor on chocolate. In a further embodiment, the flavored fluid provides surprise impact, such as depositing hot or sour flavors on a salty snack.
[0054] Examples of the various embodiments include, but are not limited to: precision depositing sweet, sour, hot, spicy or honey flavors on a potato chip; precision depositing strawberry, chocolate or citrus flavors on snack cakes; precision depositing sweet, sour, cool or mint flavors on candy products; precision depositing smoky, barbeque, spicy or wasabi on processed food products; precision depositing a bacon flavor onto a dog treat; precision depositing a cheese flavor onto one-half of a cracker and a garlic flavor onto the other one- half of the cracker; precision depositing a strawberry flavor onto one-third of an ice cream bar, a chocolate flavor onto another one-third of the ice-cream bar, and a vanilla flavor onto
the remaining one-third of the ice-cream bar; precision depositing a mystery flavor (e.g., apple flavor) onto a colorless, gelatin-based roll-up; precision depositing fruit flavor onto chocolate; precision depositing mint flavor onto chocolate; precision depositing jalapeno flavor onto tortillas; precision depositing strawberry flavor onto a chocolate chip cookie; precision depositing assorted flavors onto cookies to create a CPG (consumer packaged goods) of assorted flavors; precision depositing pepper flavor onto crackers; precision depositing a second flavor onto ice cream; and precision depositing a second flavor onto the top of yogurt before the cup is sealed (the consumer then mixes the second flavor in, or it could be a surprise flavor).
[0055] Using precision deposition, different stripes of flavors, such as strawberry, chocolate or vanilla, are applied to a chocolate cookie. Using precision deposition, stripes of vanilla, chocolate and strawberry are applied to an ice cream sandwich for a Neapolitan effect. Precision deposition is used to control the length and width of the stripes of flavor. Using precision deposition, a stripe(s) of jalapeno flavor is applied to a tortilla.
[0056] In some embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to enhance or alter the flavor of the edible substrate. For example, a strawberry flavor fluid is applied to a snack cake. When the consumer eats the snack cake, he senses the strawberry flavor as part of consuming the edible substrate. In other embodiments, the flavored fluids are used to provide a secondary sensory experience. The consumer licks the flavored fluid off the edible substrate prior to its consumption. The flavored fluid provides a secondary flavor that is separate from any flavor associated with eating the substrate. In yet other embodiments, the flavored fluids are used to provide a secondary flavor and enhance the flavor of the edible substrate.
[0057] Food grade colored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet. One example of a printhead which could be used for jetting these fluids is the No vaAA A jetting assembly 256/80 AQ, manufactured by Spectra. Inks successfully jet at frequencies including 1 kHz to 25kHz. Based on the printhead design and fluid ingredients, fluids may be jettable up to a frequency of 40 kHz. For highest resolution a substrate gap of 1 mm may be desirable. Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted.
[0058] Food grade flavored fluids may be precision deposited onto the surface of an edible substrate, either before or after an image has been printed onto the edible substrates. Precision deposition of food grade flavored fluids is accomplished with the use of a USMR Micro-Spray Marker available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL).
[0059] In an additional embodiment, the flavored fluids impart a flavor image to the substrate using precision deposition. A flavor image combines taste appeal with visual appeal by depositing flavored fluids having both a flavor component and a color component. One or more flavored fluids can be deposited onto a substrate to produce a variety of images and patterns exhibiting one or more flavors and colors. The flavor component may have a direct correlation to the image, such as the image of a jalapeno pepper having a jalapeno flavor, or be completely unrelated, such as the image of a grape having a cinnamon flavor. In a further embodiment, the flavor components and color components are in separate fluids. Flavored fluids contain one or more flavor components. Colored fluids contain one or more colored components. Food grade colored fluids suitable for producing images on substrates can be found in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference. The flavor image is produced by precision depositing at least one flavored fluid and printing at least one colored fluid onto a substrate either simultaneously or sequentially. When the fluids are printed and deposited sequentially, either the colored fluid or the flavored fluid may be printed or deposited first. The fluids may be printed and deposited onto the substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern.
[0060] Examples of the various embodiments include: precision depositing a strawberry flavor and printing the image of a strawberry onto a cookie; precision depositing a spicy hot flavor and printing the image of a volcano onto a slice of bologna; and precision depositing a sour cream & onion flavor and printing the image of a jalapeno pepper onto a potato chip. Precision deposition may be used to provide a hot or sour spot at the center of a starburst image on a gelatin-based roll-up. Precision deposition enables a hot or sour spot of, e.g., 1/8" or 1A". The spot is precisely applied to the image to give the desired size of the spot and the desired location. In another example, the image of a jalapeno pepper is printed on a tortilla and a spot of jalapeno flavor is precision deposited on the image.
[00611 In some embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to enhance or alter the flavor of the edible substrate. For example, a strawberry flavor fluid is applied to a snack cake. When the consumer eats the snack cake, he senses the strawberry flavor as part of consuming the edible substrate. In other embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary sensory experience. The consumer licks the flavored fluid (or flavor image) off the edible substrate prior to its consumption. The flavored fluid (or flavor image) provides a secondary flavor that is separate from any flavor associated with eating the substrate. In yet other embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary flavor and enhance the flavor of the edible substrate.
[0062] The food grade flavored fluids can be produced to have characteristics that make them suitable for precision deposition onto the edible substrates described above. Formulations of the present invention may have at least one of the following: food grade ingredients, compatibility with the surfaces of the edible substrates onto which they will be applied, and properties (e.g., viscosities, surface tensions, smear resistance, solubilities, and drying times) that make them suitable for use with ink sprayers, such as the USMR Micro- Spray Markers. In particular, the formulations may be suitable for spraying onto edible substrates using the USMR-20AF Micro-Spray Marker with Adjustable Fluid Control (herein referred to as "the spray marker") illustrated in Figs. 1-5. It is to be understood that the use of this particular spray marker is proposed only as an example and any other spraying devices capable of precision deposition may be suitable for this invention.
[0063] The precision deposition technology may enable a consistent quantity of flavored or colored fluid to be applied to an edible substrate. It also may enable precision in the location of the application, substrate after substrate.
[0064] Fig. 1 is a frontal view of a spray marker 10 that includes a liquid receiver 15, a mounting piece 20 with an adaptor 25, a trigger air receiver 30, an atomizer air receiver 35, and a spraying portion 40 having a spraying aperture 42. The liquid receiver 15 is configured to receive food grade flavored fluid from a container 45 generally placed above the spray marker 10 (shown in Fig. 3). The trigger air receiver 30 is configured for the spray marker 10 to receive pressurized air precisely when flavored fluid is to be sprayed onto edible substrates. The atomizing air receiver 35 is also configured to receive compressed air used in the process of spraying flavored fluids onto edible substrates. The mounting piece 20 is configured to receive, or be adapted to, any device (e.g., a bracket, mounting plates, screws,
or clamps) suitable to mount the spray marker 10 to a desired location for precision deposition. Particularly shown in Fig. 1 is the adaptor 25, which is suitable to receive a mounting shaft (not shown). Other adapters may also be coupled to the spray marker 10 for mounting purposes. By adjusting the opening of the spraying aperture 42 and/or the air pressure, the volume of the flavored or colored fluid to be deposited can be controlled. Once these parameters are set, the volume can remain consistent.
[0065] In general, the spray marker 10 can produce round marks or stripe patterns of flavored fluid based on the mounting characteristics. A deposition system for spraying flavored fluid onto edible substrates may include the spray marker 10 mounted on a static station or on an automated arm. Regardless of the mounting characteristics of the deposition system, applying round marks of flavored fluid is generally characterized by controlling the spray marker 10 with relatively short electrical signals. For example, electrical signals for controlling the spray marker 10 may each include a time duration of 100 milliseconds. Generating electrical signals at this rate usually allows the spray marker 10 to apply about 180 round marks per minute onto edible substrates. Longer time duration electrical signals can be generated to extend the time of flavored fluid application onto edible substrates generating stripe patterns, when the spray marker 10 moves with respect to edible substrates, or round marks with higher concentration of flavored fluid, when the spray marker 10 remains static with respect to edible substrates. In addition, a photoeye or photocell, or other means of triggering, can be used to initiate the depositing sequence.
[0066] A deposition system can be configured to include the spray marker 10 above- described to apply flavored fluid under various conditions based on the time duration of electrical signals controlling the spray marker 10 and the type of mounting of the spray marker 10. For example, the spray marker 10 may be mounted in a static position to apply flavored fluid onto various edible substrates moving on a conveyor or endless belt (not shown). It is possible to coordinate the operation of the deposition system with the operation of the conveyor to apply the desired amount of flavored fluid on the each piece of the edible substrates. Another example may include the spray marker 10 being mounted onto an automated arm. In this particular case, the automated arm can transport the spray marker 10 to the particular location of the edible substrate.
[0067] Fig. 2 shows the spray marker 10 configured to apply flavored fluid with a round shape characterized by having an adjustable spot size from about 1/16" to about 2",
particularly from about 1/8" to about 1", and more particularly from about 1X" to about %". The spray marker 10 generally fires perpendicularly with respect to the edible substrate and with an 18 degree conical spray pattern of flavored fluid. Thus, adjusting the spot size or the line width (for longer time duration applications) can be accomplished by positioning the spray marker 10 at the appropriate vertical distance from the surface of the edible substrate, as shown in Fig. 2. A deposition system may be configured to continuously adjust the distance between the spray marker 10 and the edible substrate to control the concentration and amount of flavored fluid applied. It is to be understood that adjusting the distance between the spray marker 10 and the edible substrate can be accomplished regardless of the structural characteristic (static or dynamic/automated arm) of the deposition system. It is also to be understood that the spray marker 10 can be mounted at an angle with respect to edible substrates.
[0068] It is also possible to adjust the quantity of flavored fluid applied onto an edible substrate by controlling the quantity of flavored fluid flowing into a compressed air stream supplied through the atomizing air receiver 35. This allows the inclusion of another parameter for controlling the quantity and concentration of flavored fluid applied. For that purpose, the trigger air receiver 30 and the atomizing air receiver 35 are generally supplied with compressed air at predetermined pressures. The spray marker 10 generally requires from about 5 to about 30 PSI atomizing air pressure, particularly from about 8 to about 19 PSI atomizing air pressure, and more particularly from about 10 to about 12 PSI atomizing air pressure. The spray marker 10 generally requires about 70-80 PSI trigger air pressure. In other embodiments, the pressure of the compressed air supplied to the spray marker 10 through the trigger air receiver 30 and the atomizing air receiver 35 may vary.
[0069] The quantity of flavored fluid that may be applied onto an edible substrate may be from about 0.25 mL to about 1.5 mL, particularly from about 0.5 mL to about 1.0 mL, and more particularly from about 0.7 mL to about 0.9 mL.
[0070] Figs. 3-4 show examples of a first deposition system 50 and a second deposition system 60, respectively. The first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 are each characterized by supplying compressed air at 5-30 PSI and 70-80 PSI to the atomizing air receiver 35 and the trigger air receiver 30 of the spray marker 10. Figs. 3-4 each shows the container 45 for supplying flavored fluid to the spray marker 10. In the examples shown, the flavored fluid is supplied by the force of gravity to the spray marker 10.
It is possible to increase the pressure of the flavored fluid by adjusting the height of the container 45 relative to the position of the spray marker 10. A higher elevation of the container 45 with respect to the spray marker 10 can cause a higher volume of flavored fluid to be sprayed. Pressurized air is supplied to the spray marker 10 by pressure reservoirs (not shown) and controlled by pressure regulators 65 and one or two electric solenoid valves 70 as shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, respectively. In the case of the deposition system 50, shown in Fig. 3, the solenoid valve 70 controls pressurized air supplied to the trigger air receiver 30.
[0071] The pressure regulators 65 are configured to release pressured air when a needle 75 marks the proper air pressure. For the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60, the proper air pressure is 70-80 PSI and 5-30 PSI for trigger air pressure and atomizing air pressure, respectively. After mounting the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 as shown in Figs. 3 and 4, respectively, the next step is to couple the solenoids 70 to at least one energy source to receive electrical signals for controlling the solenoids 70. In the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60, the atomizing air may flow at full pressure (5-30 PSI) before applying a trigger signal to spray flavored fluid.
[0072] In some applications, a precision deposition system is configured to apply flavored fluid in a continuous manner as to create a stripe of flavored fluid. In one embodiment, the stripe may have a width from about 1/8" to about 2", and in some embodiments from about 1X" to about 1". The length of the stripe may generally be from about 1/8" to about 8", depending on the size of the edible substrate used, although longer stripes may be used with longer edible substrates. One configuration can include the spray marker 10 mounted on a fixed position while flavored fluid is applied to a moving edible substrate. Another configuration can include the spray marker 10 mounted onto a moving arm. Additionally, it is important to understand that the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 are operable to perform this application. In the case of the first deposition system 50 including one solenoid 70, the length of the stripe of flavored fluid is at least in part determined by the length of time an electrical signal is applied to the solenoid 70 controlling the trigger air. It is assumed under these conditions that the atomizing air pressure remains substantially constant, or at least at the appropriate range of air pressure, throughout the deposition process.
[0073] One way to supply an electrical signal for controlling the solenoid 70 is by using a One-Shot Timer (not shown) coupled to the solenoid 70. The One-Shot Timer can provide an adjustable time duration signal to the solenoid 70 controlling the trigger air each time the spray marker 10 needs to be fired. It is usually preferred to supply a 100 millisecond signal, though the One-Shot Timer may be adjusted to generate electrical signals with a time duration between about 0.05 and about 1 seconds. In the case of the second deposition system 60 shown in Fig. 4, the solenoids 70 are generally energized with a sequence of electrical signals to provide and maintain atomizing air pressure at the appropriate pressure when the trigger air pressure is applied. A One-Shot Timer may also be used in the second deposition system 60 by wiring the two solenoids 70 to the One-Shot Timer, where the solenoids 70 are in a parallel configuration. This configuration is characterized by supplying electrical signals to the solenoids 70 of the second deposition system 60 simultaneously.
[0074] The first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 shown in Figs. 3 and 4, respectively, are only schematic representations and do not illustrate the angle at which flavored fluid is applied to edible substrates. Generally, the spray marker 10 is mounted substantially perpendicular to the edible substrate. In the applications where it is desired to apply a stripe of flavored fluid, it is normally recommended that the spray marker 10 be mounted at an angle between about 30 degrees and about 45 degrees with respect to a surface 80 supporting the edible substrate, as indicated in Fig. 5. Mounting the spray marker 10 at an angle instead of perpendicular to the surface 80, generally results in a sharper edge definition by minimizing the feathering of the spray pattern. If the spray marker 10 is mounted statically in the position shown in Fig. 5, the spray marker 10 produces an elliptical mark rather than a circular mark.
[0075] Some other applications of the first deposition system 50 and the second deposition system 60 generally include spot marking, which is characterized by the spray marker being controlled to apply a relatively small spot mark of flavored fluid to an edible substrate, which may be in motion. In this type of application, the amount of flavored fluid deposited is dependent of factors including the time duration of the electrical signal controlling the solenoids 70, adjustment of the spraying aperture 42, and the velocity at which the edible substrate is moving. For example, when applying flavored fluid in the form of spot marking to fast moving edible substrates, an approximate spray duration of 100 milliseconds may result in a short line mark and not a round spot. As a general guideline for the spray
marker 10, the spot is elongated by an amount approximately equal to the distance the edible substrate travels in 1/10 of a second. For example, if the edible substrate is traveling at 12 inches per second, the spot would be elongated to a line of flavored fluid of approximately 1.2 inches in length. The spray duration may be from about 0.0001 milliseconds to about 9,999 milliseconds, preferably from about 1 millisecond to about 1000 milliseconds, and more preferably from about 100 milliseconds to about 800 milliseconds. The duration of the deposit can be determined by inputting a value in milliseconds.
[0076] The precision deposition can be controlled using at least one of the following: pressure; size of aperture opening; duration of spray; and amount of fluid.
[0077] Some of the applications for spot marking edible substrates can include the use of the second deposition system 60 shown in Fig. 4. More specifically, the second deposition system 60 may include a controller having two variable outputs to effectively control the solenoids 70 supplying pressured air to the spray marker 10. In particular, each solenoid 70 of the second deposition system 60 can be coupled to one of the variable outputs of the controller to receive electrical signals in a specific sequence. When using the controller to generate electrical signals to control the solenoids 70 of the second deposition system 60, the solenoid supplying atomizing air can be energized first to allow time for the relatively lower pressure atomizing air to flow at full volume through the receiver 35 of the spray marker 10. The amount of time for this to occur depends in part on the length of connecting tubes 85 containing atomizing air but typically 50-100 milliseconds is an adequate delay before energizing the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air. The solenoid 70 controlling trigger air is then energized for approximately 100 milliseconds. After the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air is de-energized, the atomizing air is generally allowed to continue flowing for another 50- 100 milliseconds to ensure all flavored fluid residue is blown off the spraying portion 40 of the spray marker 10. A typical pulse sequence generated by the controller is shown in Fig. 6. More specifically, a signal 100 exemplifies the electrical signal supplied to the solenoid 70 controlling atomizing air, and a signal 105 exemplifies the electrical signal supplied to the solenoid 70 controlling trigger air. Fig. 6 shows approximate 100 millisecond delay signals and trigger signal, though other embodiments may include different time durations for delay signals and trigger signals based on the amount of flavored fluid to be sprayed.
[0078] In some embodiments, a shaft encoder (not shown) may be used in connection with the deposition system. The shaft encoder provides signal pulses to the equipment based
on the speed at which the product is traveling. If there are variations in the speed of the moving edible substrate, the encoder provides that information to the depositing system, which adjusts accordingly. This may provide consistency in placement and volume deposited of the flavored fluid. Encoders are commercially available from Danaher Industrial Controls in Gurnee, IL and Encoder Products Company Inc. in Sagle, ID.
[0079] An edible substrate having any one of the above-described food grade flavored fluids applied to one or more surfaces thereof is also provided.
[0080] Food grade colored fluids for use in printing on edible substrates, methods for applying the food grade colored fluids directly to edible substrates, and edible substrates having the colored fluids applied thereto are provided. The food grade colored fluids are typically made from food grade dyes and glycols and optionally water and/or glycerine. The food grade colored fluids have characteristics that render them suitable for printing directly onto the surfaces of a variety of edible substrates. In particular, the food grade colored fluids may be suitable for printing with ink jet printers, including piezoelectric ink jet printers. As used herein, the phrase "food grade" means that up to specified amounts of the particular compound can be ingested by a human without generally causing deleterious health effects. Examples of food grade compounds include those compounds "generally recognized as safe" ("GRAS") by the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") and colorants approved by the FDA for use in foods for human consumption. In particular, food safe compounds include those compounds listed as approved under 21 C.F.R. §§ 73, 74, 172, 182 and 184.
[0081] The colored fluids may contain substantial amounts of food grade glycols, such as 1,2-propanediol. In some embodiments, the colored fluids include at least about 10 weight percent (wt. %) food grade glycol. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids include at least about 25 wt. % food grade glycol and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids include at least about 40 wt. % food grade glycol. In addition to the food grade glycols, the colored fluids may optionally include water, glycerine or a mixture of water and glycerine. In one typical embodiment, the food grade glycol and any water or glycerine present account for at least about 90 wt. % of the food grade colored fluid.
[0082] The food grade colored fluids may be prepared with a low water content. For example, in some embodiments the food grade colored fluids may contain no more than
about 35 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain no more than about 20 wt. % water, further includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain no more than about 5 wt. % water. The food grade colored fluids may be free of or substantially free of water, e.g. having a water content of no more than about 1 wt. %. In these compositions, any water present may be due solely or partially to water absorbed from the air under humid conditions and/or water introduced as an impurity or minor component of one of the dyes or solvents that make up the colored fluids. It is advantageous to limit the amount of water present in the colored fluids because a high water content tends to decrease the viscosity of the fluids, rendering them less suitable for use in some printing applications, such as ink jet printing applications where elevated jetting temperatures are used.
[0083] Although not a necessary ingredient, glycerine is a useful co-solvent because many of the food grade dyes used in the colored fluids exhibit high solubility in glycerine. Typically, when glycerine is present, it makes up at least about 3 wt. % of the colored fluid. This includes embodiments where glycerine makes up at least about 10 wt. % of the colored fluid, further includes embodiments where glycerine makes up at least about 20 wt. % of the colored fluid, and still further includes embodiments where glycerine makes up at least about 30 wt. % of the colored fluid. The amount of glycerine present, if any, will depend on a variety of factors, including the extent to which the food grade dyes are soluble in the food grade glycols. Thus, some of the colored fluids may contain a relatively small amount of glycerine (e.g. about 2 to 10 wt. %) and others may contain a larger amount of glycerine (e.g. about 30 to 45 wt. %). In still other embodiments, glycerine is present in intermediate quantities (e.g. about 12 to 18 wt. %).
[0084] In certain embodiments, the food grade dyes include food grade dye; glycerine; at least about 25 wt. % 1,2-propanediol (and commonly at least about 50 wt. % 1,2- propanediol); and a surface tension modifier. In such colored fluids the 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and any optional water commonly make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid. Any water present generally makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid and more suitably, no more than about 10 wt. %. The surface tension modifier may include a sorbitan ester (e.g., one or more fatty acid monoesters of a polyoxyethylene sorbitan), fatty acid(s) such as a mixture of tall oil fatty acids, a fatty acid polyol partial ester (e.g., one or more polyglycerol fatty acid monoesters such as octaglycerol monooleate) and/or lecithins (e.g. hydroxylated lecithins).
[0085] The food grade dyes used to produce the colored fluids may include synthetic dyes, natural dyes, or combinations thereof. As used herein, the term "dye" denotes dyes which are soluble in water and/or in the other cosolvents, which contain substantial amounts of glycols and/or glycerine, employed in the present colored fluids. In some embodiments, the colored fluids may be substantially free of insoluble materials. Suitable synthetic dyes for use in the present coloring fluids include food grade FD&C dyes, such as FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1, and FD&C Green #3. Suitable natural dyes include turmeric oleoresins, cochineal extracts, gardenia extracts, and natural colors derived from vegetable juices. Other specific examples of suitable natural dyes include, but are not limited to, beet extract, grape skin extract, and chlorophyll containing extracts (e.g. nettle extract, alfalfa extract and spinach extract). To achieve a desired color tint or shade, the colored liquids may include mixtures of more than one synthetic and/or natural food grade dye. In a typical embodiment, the colored fluids contain about 0.1 to 10 wt. % food grade dye on a dissolved solids basis (dsb). This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dyes.
[0086] Because they are intended for use on edible substrates, the colored fluids are desirably made with high purity food grade dyes. For example, the food grade dyes used in the colored fluids may be at least about 85 wt. % pure. That is, the dyes may contain no more than about 15 wt. % contaminants and impurities, including moisture. In some instances, the food grade dyes are at least about 87 wt. % pure. Alternatively, the purity of the dyes may be analyzed on a strictly dry weight basis, in which case the food grade dyes are desirably at least about 92 wt. % pure. In some embodiments the food grade dyes are at least about 95 wt. % pure when analyzed on a dry weight basis. This includes embodiments where the food grade dyes are at least about 98 wt. % pure when analyzed on a dry weight basis.
[0087] Inorganic salts, such as sodium chloride and sodium sulfate, are examples of common impurities found in food grade dyes, such as food grade FD&C dyes. Unfortunately, fluids having elevated salt contents may be corrosive to printer parts and lead to shorter printer lifetimes. Therefore, it is typically advantageous to use food grade dyes having a low inorganic salt content, or at least a low chloride and/or sulfate ion content, in the preparation of the colored fluids. In some exemplary embodiments, the colored fluids contain one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content, and more specifically in
some instances a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content, or at least a chloride and/or sulfate ion content, of no more than about 0.2 wt. % desirably no more than about 0.1 wt. %. The salt (e.g. chloride and or sulfate ion) impurity level in the synthetic food grade will desirably be no more than about 1000 ppm. In some embodiments, the chloride and/or sulfate level will be no more than about 500 ppm and in still other embodiments the chloride and/or sulfate level will be no more than about 100 ppm.
[0088] In addition to food grade dyes and glycols and any optional glycerine and/or water, the food grade colored fluids may contain various food grade additives, such as surface tension modifiers, thickening agents, antioxidants, preservatives, buffering agents, and antimicrobial agents. These additional additives are typically present in small quantities, for example, no more than about 10 wt. % and desirably no more than about 5 wt. %. Lower alcohols (i.e. alcohols having one to six carbon atoms), such as isopropanol, ethanol, n-butyl alcohol, and i-butyl alcohol, or mixtures thereof are examples of additives that might be present in limited amounts in the colored fluids. The lower alcohols may be used as surface tension modifiers and will generally be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the lower alcohols are present in amounts of no more than about 5 wt. % and further includes embodiments where the lower alcohols are present in amounts of no more than about 0.5 wt. %.
[0089] The colored fluids desirably have properties that render them suitable for use as printing inks in various types of printers, including ink jet printers which utilize piezoelectric printheads. Viscosity is one property of the colored fluids that may be controlled to produce fluids suitable for ink jet printing. It is generally desirable for the colored fluids to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 centipoise (cps) at the jetting temperature at which the printing is to take place. In some embodiments, the colored fluids have a viscosity of 8 to 14 cps at the desired jetting temperature. Typical jetting temperatures may range from room temperature, about 25°C, to elevated temperatures of at least about 800C. or even higher. Typical elevated jetting temperatures may range from about 50 to 7O0C. For example, a colored fluid may have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 600C. Alternatively, a colored fluid may have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 25°C.
[0090J In one aspect, the invention features a system for printing on an edible substrate. The system includes a high frequency piezoelectric inkjet printer for jetting at 10 kHz or greater and a fluid for printing on an edible substrate including a surfactant, the fluid preferably having a surface tension of about 20 dynes/cm to about 40 dynes/cm. The fluid may include a surfactant that includes a polysiloxane and that has a surface tension of about 20 dynes/cm to about 40 dynes/cm. The edible substrate remains edible after being printed with the fluid.
[0091] In another aspect, the invention features a method of printing on an edible substrate. The method includes providing an inkjet printer; obtaining a pre-fluid having a surface tension of greater than about 36 dynes/cm; and adding a sufficient amount of a surfactant comprising a polysiloxane to the pre-fluid to reduce the surface tension by at least 10 percent to obtain a lower surface tension fluid suitable for applying to an edible substrate, the edible substrate remaining edible after printing; and jetting the lower surface tension fluid onto the edible substrate.
[0092] The colored fluids presented herein desirably, but not necessarily, exhibit Newtonian viscosities, that is, viscosities that do not change with shear rate. In particular, the colored fluids may exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 2 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm when measured at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 70° C. (e.g., 600C). In some embodiments, the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 1 cps and in still other embodiments, the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 0.5 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm when measured at a temperature selected from a temperature in the range of 20 to 700C. (e.g., 6O0C).
[0093] The colored fluids will typically have surface tensions of about 20 to 60 dynes per centimeter (cm) at 250C This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have surface tensions of about 25 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C The surface tensions of the colored fluids may be lowered by using surface tension modifiers. Suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the colored fluids include, but are not limited to, sorbitan esters (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters), fatty acids (e.g. tall oil fatty acids), mixtures of fatty acids, esters of fatty acids (e.g. polyglycerol esters of fatty acids) and lecithins. Using these surface tension modifiers, food grade colored fluids having surface tensions of no more than about 40 dynes per cm, more suitably no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25°C. and desirably no more
than about 35 dynes per cm at 25°C. may be prepared. Typically, the colored fluids will contain no more than about 10 wt. % surface tension modifier and desirably no more than about 5 wt. % surface tension modifier. For example, the colored fluid may include about 0.05 to about 3 wt. % of a sorbitan ester, e.g., a polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate and/or polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate. In other embodiments, the colored fluid may include about 1 to about 5 wt. % of a mixture of fatty acids, e.g., tall oil fatty acids, such as a mixture of oleic acid and linoleic acid. In yet other embodiments, the colored fluid may include about 0.1 to about 3 wt. % of a fatty acid monoester of a polyglycerol (e.g., octaglycerol), such as octaglycerol monooleate.
[0094] Other suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include lecithins and, in particular, lecithins that have been deoiled and modified to enhance their water solubility (i.e., lecithins having an enhanced HLB value). Examples of suitable lecithins include hydroxylated lecithin (e.g., hydroxylated soy lecithin), enzyme modified lecithin (e.g., enzyme modified soy lecithin) and acetylated, hydroxylated lecithin. Embodiments of the colored fluid may include about 0.1 to about 3 wt. % of a modified lecithin, such as a lecithin having an HLB value of at least about 9, e.g., about 0.3 to about 2 wt. % hydroxylated soy lecithin.
[0095] Other suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include polysiloxanes. Examples of suitable polysiloxanes include ether-modified or polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, hydroxy-functional polydimethylsiloxanes, ester- modified or a polyester-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, polydimethylsiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, phenyl siloxanes, dimethicones, and silsesquioxanes, such as fully or partially condensed silsequioxanes, silicone waxes, and alkylmethylsiloxanes.
[0096] Polysiloxanes are available from, for example, Noveon, under the tradename UTRASIL , Dow Corning , Struktol Company of America,. In particular, ether-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, such as BYK-333, are available from BYK Chemie. Silsesquioxanes are available, for example, from Aldrich Chemical and Reade Advanced Materials. Preparation of silsesquioxanes and their reaction chemistry is generally discussed in "Silsesquioxanes, Bridging the Gap Between Polymers and Ceramics", Chemfiles, Vol. 1, No. 6, 2001 (Aldrich Chemical), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[0097] To prevent clogging of ink jet printer nozzles it is advantageous to provide colored fluids having reduced particle content. Particle content may be characterized by the silt density index (SDI) of the fluid. SDI values provide a measure of particle content that relates the rate of membrane clogging to the quantity of particulate matter present in a fluid. SDI values may be measured as follows: two aliquots of equal volume of the fluid to be tested are poured sequentially into a filter and the time required for each aliquot to pass through the filter is measured. The SDI is provided by the ratio of the time it takes the first aliquot to pass through the filter to the time it takes the second aliquot to pass through the filter. A higher SDI value indicates a fluid having a lower particle content. A fluid that has no buildup on the filter, and therefore very little particle content, will have an SDI value of 1. The food grade colored fluids provided herein include, but are not limited to, fluids having an SDI of at least about 0.5. In certain embodiments the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.75. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.9.
[0098] Unless otherwise noted, an SDI value for a given liquid sample may be measured at any arbitrary time after the sample is prepared without requiring any particular set of processing conditions to have been preformed prior to the measurement. In some cases, see Example 1 below, a Heat Test SDI value is quoted. As used herein, a Heat Test SDI value is measured after heat-aging the sample for at least 11 days at a temperature of at least 700C. according to the procedure described in Example 1.
[0099] The food grade colored fluids may also have a relatively low specific gravity. In a typical embodiment, the food grade colored fluids may have a specific gravity of no more than 1.15. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than 1.13 and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than 1.10.
[00100] Once prepared, the present colored fluids may be printed directly onto the surfaces of a variety of edible substrates using conventional printing equipment, such as ink jet printers. The surfaces onto which the fluids are printed are desirably porous in order to facilitate absorption of the dye by the surface. Suitable edible substrates include, but are not limited to, crackers, chewing gum, biscuits, cereal, taco shells, granola bars, rice cakes, cookies, pie crusts, waffles, cakes, including snack cakes, marshmallows, candies, pasta and various bread products, such as toast, buns, bagels and tortillas.
[00101] In one embodiment, the invention provides a system for printing on an edible substrate, comprising: a piezoelectric inkjet printer configured to jet at 10 kHz or greater; and a fluid for printing on an edible substrate comprising a surfactant comprising a polysiloxane and having a surface tension of about 20 dynes/cm to about 40 dynes/cm, wherein the edible substrate remains edible after being printed with the fluid.
[00102] The surface tension of some embodiments of the colored fluid may be from about 26 dynes/cm to about 36 dynes/cm, from about 28 dynes/cm to about 32 dynes/cm. The viscosity of some embodiments of the colored fluid may be about 5 to about 25 cps, or about 10 to about 14 cps. The concentration of the surfactant of the colored fluid may be about 2 g/L to about 40 g/L.
[00103] In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of printing on an edible substrate, the method comprising: providing an inkjet printer, obtaining a pre-fluid having a surface tension of greater than about 36 dynes/cm; and adding a sufficient amount of a surfactant comprising a polysiloxane to the pre-fluid to reduce the surface tension by at least 10 percent to obtain a lower surface tension fluid suitable for applying to an edible substrate, the edible substrate remaining edible after printing, and jetting the lower surface tension fluid onto the edible substrate. The surface tension of the colored fluid may be reduced by at least about 25 percent.
[00104] Food grade colored fluids are provided. Food grade colored fluids are described in United States Patent Application Publication Number 20060034984, the subject matter of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The food grade colored fluids, which contain at least one food grade dye and a food grade glycol, such as 1 ,2-propanediol, are useful for printing directly onto the surfaces of various edible substrates. As used herein, "food grade" means that up to specified amounts of the particular compounds can be ingested by a human without generally causing deleterious health effects. Therefore, in order to meet the standard of a "food grade" colored fluid, the colored fluid should be free or substantially free of compounds that generally cause deleterious health effects when ingested by a human. When such compounds are present, e.g. in trace amounts through contamination, those compounds should be present in amounts below those that would result in the deleterious health effects.
[00105] The food grade colored fluids are well-suited for use with a variety of ink jet piezo printheads. Examples of manufacturers from which the printheads may be obtained include Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet. The printhead may include a nozzle opening of metal, carbon or silicon. The nozzle opening may be of about 50 μm or less. The printhead may have a resolution of about 100 dpi or greater, and may operate at a jetting temperature of about 500C.
[00106] Edible substrates onto which the colored fluids have been applied are also provided. Examples of edible substrates onto which the food grade colored fluids may be printed include, but are not limited to, crackers, chewing gum, biscuits, cereal, taco shells, granola bars, rice cakes, cookies, pie crusts, waffles, cakes, including snack cakes, marshmallows, candies, pasta, and various bread products such as toast, buns, bagels, and tortillas. This surface of the edible substrate onto which the food grade colored fluids are applied is desirably a porous surface which facilitates the absorption of the food grade colored fluids by the surface, hastening drying. As used herein, the term "porous surface" is intended to include any surface having sufficient porosity to allow the food grade colored fluids to be at least partially absorbed. The food grade colored fluids may also be applied to nonporous edible surfaces, however, the application of the colored fluids to such surfaces may require a drying step after the colored fluid has been applied.
[00107] The food grade glycol acts as a solvent and may account for a large part of the colored fluid. For example, the food grade glycol may account for at least about 25 wt. % of the colored fluid. This includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 40 wt. % of the colored fluid, further includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 70 wt. % of the colored fluid, and still further includes embodiments where the food grade glycol accounts for at least about 85 wt. % of the colored fluid. Optionally, glycerine, water, or a mixture of glycerine and water, may be used as co- solvents along with the food grade glycol. However, in many colored fluids the amount of water present in the colored fluids may be limited in order to maintain a higher viscosity. For some applications, higher viscosities may be advantageous because they can render the colored fluids suitable for ink jet printing at elevated jetting temperatures.
[00108] Glycerine is a good co-solvent of choice because of its relatively low volatility and its presence may assist in solubilizing some of the food grade dyes. As such, glycerine helps prevent the food grade dyes from solidifying out of solution, crusting onto and clogging
jetting nozzles. When glycerine is used as a co-solvent, it is typically present in an amount of at least about 3 wt. %. This includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount of at least 10 wt. %, further includes embodiments where glycerine is present in an amount at least about 20 wt. %, still further includes embodiments where the glycerine is present in an amount of at least 30 wt. %, and even further includes embodiments where the glycerine is present in an amount of at least about 45 wt. %. In one exemplary embodiment, the food grade colored fluids contain at least about 70 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof. In another exemplary embodiment, the food grade colored fluids contain about 25 to 95 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, about 3 to 40 wt. % glycerine and no more than about 35 wt. % water.
[00109] The food grade dyes used to produce the colored fluids may be synthetic dyes, natural dyes or a mixture of synthetic and natural dyes. The food grade dyes may include any dyes which are soluble in at least one of 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, water, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, it is desirable that the food grade colored fluids be free of insoluble coloring agents such as a pigments or lakes. Examples of suitable dyes include, but are not limited to, synthetic dyes, such as FD&C dyes (e.g., FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1, and/or FD&C Green #3).
[00110] Examples of suitable natural dyes include, but are not limited to, turmeric oleoresins, cochineal extracts including carminic acid, gardenia extracts, beet extracts, and other natural colors derived from vegetable juices, and chlorophyll-containing extracts, such as nettle extract, alfalfa extract and spinach extract. Anthocyanins are another class of food grade dyes that may be used in the colored fluids. The anthocyanins may be derived from a variety of plant sources, including fruit juices, elderberries, black currants, chokeberries, vegetable juices, black carrots, red cabbage, grapes and grape skins, and sweet potatoes. Although the relative amount of the food grade dyes used in the food grade colored fluids may vary depending on the desired color, shade and intensity, the food grade colored fluids will typically contain about 0.1 to 10 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % (dsb), and further includes embodiments where the colored fluids contain about 0.5 to 5 wt. % (dsb) food grade dye.
[00111] The food grade dyes used to produce the colored fluids are desirably high purity food grade dyes. In some instances, the food grade dyes may possess purities of at least 85 wt. %, where any water present in the dye is included as an impurity. This includes
embodiments where the food grade dyes are at least 87 wt. % pure. When the purity of the dye is analyzed strictly on a dry weight basis, the food grade dyes desirably have a purity of at least 92 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the food grade dyes have a purity of at least about 95 wt. % and still further includes embodiments where the food grade dyes have a purity of at least about 98 wt. % when analyzed on a dry weight basis. Typical impurities found in commercially available food grade dyes, including many FD&C dyes, may include minerals, such as calcium, metals, such as iron, salts such as sodium chloride and sodium sulfate, and small amounts of water. Typically, the impurity level of minerals and metals in the food grade dyes will be no more than about 50 ppm. However, in some instances, the impurity levels of these components will be much less. For example, in some of the food grade dyes, the impurity level of calcium will be no more than about 10 ppm and desirably no more than about 5 ppm. Similarly, in many suitable food grade dyes, the impurity level of iron will be no more than about 10 ppm and desirably no more than about 4 ppm. Water will typically be present as an impurity in the food grade dyes in an amount of no more than about 5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where water is present as an impurity in an amount of no more than about 2 wt. % and still further includes embodiments where water is present as an impurity in the food grade dyes in an amount of no more than about 1 wt. %.
[00112] Some inorganic salts are particularly undesirable impurities because these salts tend to corrode printer parts, including printing heads which reduces the lifetime of the printers used to apply the dyes. Therefore, for certain applications it may be advantageous to reduce the level of inorganic salt impurities in the food grade dyes. When a mixture of food grade dyes is utilized, a reduction in inorganic salt content and corrosiveness may be achieved provided at least one of the food grade dyes, and in particular at least one FD&C food grade dye, has a low inorganic salt content (as a percentage of total solids content in the dye). It such embodiments, it may be desirable for any food grade dyes that do not have a low salt content to be present in amounts of no more than about 1 wt. % or in amounts of no more than about 0.6 wt. %. In some colored fluids containing a mixture of food grade dyes, all of the food grade dyes in the mixture have a low inorganic salt content. In some embodiments the food grade colored fluids provided herein are made with one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt impurity level of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. This includes embodiments where one or more of the synthetic food grade dyes has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.2 wt. % and further includes embodiments where one or more of the synthetic food grade dyes has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.1
wt. %. Alternatively stated, in some instances, the inorganic salt impurity level in one or more of the synthetic dyes will be no more than about 1,000 ppm. In other instances, the inorganic salt impurity level in one or more of the synthetic food grade dyes will be no more than about 500 ppm and in still other instances the inorganic salt impurity level in one or more of the synthetic dyes will be no more than about 100 ppm. Two typical corrosive inorganic salts found in commercially available dyes, including synthetic dyes, such as FD&C food grade dyes are chlorides, which usually take the form of sodium chloride, and sulfates, which typically take the form of sodium sulfates. In some instances it may be possible for the colored fluids to include higher levels of certain less corrosive salts provided the levels of chlorides and/or sulfates in the dyes remains low. The impurity limits cited above with respect to chloride and sulfate levels refer specifically to the amount of chloride and/or sulfate ion content in the colored fluids. Table A below shows exemplary formulations for two high-purity, low-salt food grade dyes that may be used to produce the food grade colored fluids. Both dyes shown in Table A are available from Sensient Colors Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
TABLE A. Low Inorganic Salt Food Grade Dyes
[00113] In addition to the food grade dyes and glycols and any optional glycerine and/or water co-solvents, the food grade colored fluids may contain other food grade additives such as surface tension modifiers, thickening agents, antioxidants, preservatives, buffering agents, and anti-microbial agents. These additional additives will typically be present only in small quantities. For example, the additional food grade additives may be present in amounts of no more than about 10 wt. %. This includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 5 wt. % and further includes embodiments where the food grade additives are present in amounts of no more than about 3 wt. %. The additives may include isopropanol, ethanol, or mixtures thereof as surface tension modifying agents. In
a typical embodiment, a colored fluid may contain no more than about 10 wt. % isopropanol, ethanol, or a mixture thereof and more typically about 1 to 5 wt. %. The colored fluids may contain no more than about 3 wt. % lower alcohol and in some embodiments the colored fluids may be substantially free of lower alcohol, such as isopropanol, i.e., contain no more than about 0.5 wt. % lower alcohol. Methylparaben, propylparaben or mixtures thereof may be included in the food grade colored fluids as preservatives. For some applications it is desirable to exclude certain additives. For example, some food grade colored liquids in accordance with this disclosure may be free of or substantially free of one or more of the following additives: glycol ethers, polyol monoethers, urea, tetraalkylammonium cations (e.g. tetramethylammonium cations), alkanol ammonium compounds (e.g., monoethanol ammonium compounds, diethylammonium compounds, or triethanol ammonium cations), cationic amide compounds (e.g., protonated formamide), silica, sebacyl chlorides, binding agents and film-forming agents. A food grade colored fluid is "substantially free of an additional food grade additive if the colored fluid contains no more than about 0.5 wt. % of the additional food grade additive. In some instances, the food grade colored fluid contains no more than about 0.2 wt. % of a given additive. In still other instances the food grade colored fluid contains no more than about 0.1 wt. % of a given additive. For example, it may be desirable to have food grade colored fluids which contain no more than about 0.05 wt. % binding agents and/or film-forming agents, such as polymers, gum arabic, hydrocolloids, xanthum gum, waxes, alginates and polysaccharides.
[00114] For ink jet printing applications, it is generally desirable for the colored fluids to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 centipoise (cps) at the jetting temperature at which the printing is to take place. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a viscosity of 8 to 12 cps at the desired jetting temperature. Some ink jet printers are designed to be operated at ambient temperatures (i.e. about 25°C). Other ink jet printers are designed for operation at elevated print head temperatures. For example, an ink jet printer may operate at jetting temperatures ranging from about 50 to 700C. Therefore, the formulation of the colored fluids, including the ratio of food grade glycol to glycerine and the amount of water present, is desirably controlled to provide a suitable viscosity for the intended jetting temperature. For example, a colored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 600C. However, the viscosity of these colored fluids may be significantly higher at ambient temperatures. For example, the colored fluids may have viscosities of about
35 to 65 cps at 25°C. Alternatively, a colored fluid may be tailored to have a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at a jetting temperature of 25°C.
[00115] It has been discovered that colored fluids exhibiting Newtonian viscosities, perform favorably as printing inks for edible substrates. Thus, in some embodiments, the colored fluids have Newtonian viscosities. Specifically, the colored fluids may exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 2 cps with a shear rate increase from about 15 to 45 rpm at 600C. In some embodiments, the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 1 cps and in still other embodiments, the colored fluids exhibit a Brookfield viscosity that changes by no more than about 0.5 cps with a shear rate increase from 15 to 45 at 600C.
[00116] The surface tension of the colored fluids may vary over a relatively wide range, provided it is suitable to allow the colored fluids to be jetted through an ink jet printing head and printed onto the surface of an edible substrate. In some embodiments, the colored fluids will have surface tensions of about 20 to 60 dynes per cm at 25°C. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have surface tensions of 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C.
[00117] Embodiments may include one or more of the following. The surface tension is from about 26 dynes/cm to about 36 dynes/cm, e.g., about 28 dynes/cm to about 32 dynes/cm. The fluid has a viscosity of about 5 to 25 cps, e.g. about 10 to 14 cps. The fluid is substantially aqueous. The surfactant is an ether-modified polydimethylsiloxane, a polydimethylsiloxane, a lecithin, a lecithin derivative, a phospholipid, a glycerol ester, an amphoteric amino acid, an amphoteric imino acid, a sorbitol, sorbitan, a glycol ester, a glycerol ester, an ester-modified polydimethylsiloxane, or mixtures of these. The concentration of the surfactant in the fluid is from about 2 g/L to about 40 g/L.
[00118] In some instances, surface tension modifiers may be included in the colored fluids to lower their surface tensions. Sorbitan esters are an example of a type of surface tension modifier that may be used in the colored fluids. Suitable sorbitan esters include polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters. Food grade polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters are commercially available under the tradename Tween . These include Tween 80 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate); Tween® 65 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate); Tween® 60 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate); Tween® 40 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan
monopalmitate); and Tween 20 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate). Fatty acids, such as tall oil fatty acids, and mixtures of fatty acids may also be employed as surface tension modifiers in the food grade colored fluids. Acintol (also known as Sylfat FA-I), a fatty acid mixture available from Arizona Chemical (Panama City, FIa.) is an example of a suitable surface tension modifier. Acintol is a mixture of about 40-45 wt. % oleic acid and 40-45 wt. % linoleic acid (conjugated and nonconjugated). Esters of fatty acids, such as polyglycerol esters of fatty acids, are another group of surface tension modifiers that may be added to the colored fluids. Santone® 8-1-0, octaglycerol monooleate (available from Loders Croklaan, Netherlands) is one example of a food grade polyglycerol ester suitable for use as a surface tension modifier.
[00119] Other suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include lecithins and, in particular, lecithins that have been deoiled and modified to enhance their water solubility (i.e., lecithins having a relatively high HLB value). Examples of suitable lecithins include hydroxylated lecithin (e.g., hydroxylated soy lecithin), enzyme modified lecithin (e.g., enzyme modified soy lecithin) and acetylated, hydroxylated lecithin. Embodiments of the colored fluid may include about 0.1 to about 3 wt. % of a modified lecithin, such as a lecithin having an HLB value of at least about 9, e.g., about 0.3 to about 2 wt. % hydroxylated soy lecithin. One example of a commercially available lecithin material that may be used in the colored fluids provided herein is sold under the tradename Yelkin® 1018 (ADM, Decatur, III).
[00120] Lecithin material may be obtained in many forms and a variety of common natural forms of lecithin material have been observed. In commercial practice, products such as soy lecithin material include primarily 3 or 4 of the possible forms and are commonly sold as unfractionated mixtures. Lecithin material from different sources may be made up of different mixtures. The properties of these mixtures can be modified by chemical and/or enzymatic treatments to alter the hydrophilic-hydrophobic balance as desired for the final intended use. One example of such a modification is oxidation with oxygen, which ultimately results in a lecithin that contains hydroxyl groups on the lipid side chains of the diglyceride moiety. This decreases the hydrophobicity of the lecithin and increases the overall polarity of the molecule.
[00121] Other suitable surface tension modifiers for use in the present colored fluids include molecules containing silicon, such as siloxanes and polysiloxanes. Examples of
suitable polysiloxanes include ether-modified or polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, hydroxy-functional polydimethylsiloxanes, ester-modified or a polyester-modified polydimethylsiloxanes, polydimethylsiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, phenyl siloxanes, dimethicones, and silsesquioxanes, such as fully or partially condensed silsequioxanes, silicone waxes, and alkylmethylsiloxanes.
[00122] Polysiloxanes are commercially available from Noveon, under the tradename UTRASIL™, Dow Corning® and Struktol Company of America. In particular, ether- modified polydimethylsiloxanes are commercially available from BYK Chemie, e.g., BYK - 333. Silsesquioxanes are commercially available from Aldrich Chemical or from Reade Advanced Materials. Preparation of silsesquioxanes and their reaction chemistry is generally discussed in "Silsesquioxanes, Bridging the Gap Between Polymers and Ceramics", Chemfiles, Vol. 1, No. 6, 2001 (Aldrich Chemical), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[00123] Examples of suitable polysiloxanes include those commercially available from BYK Chemie, Wesel, Germany, such as BYK®-020 for Inks (a solution of a modified polysiloxane-copolymer in butylglycol / ethylhexanol / white spirits at a 6 / 2 / 1 ratio), BYK®-024 for Inks (a mixture of polymers and polysiloxanes), BYK®-346 for Inks, BYK®- 067 A for Inks (a non-aqueous emulsion of a polysiloxane in propyleneglycol), BYK®-080A for Inks (a non-aqueous emulsion of a polysiloxane copolymer in propyleneglycol), BYK - 085 (methylalkylpolysiloxane; solvent free), BYK®-300 (a solution of a polyether modified dimethylpolysiloxane-copolymer in 2-butoxyethanol), BYK®-301 (a solution of a polyether modified dimethylpolysiloxane-copolymer in 2-butoxyethanol), BYK®-308 (a polyether modified hydroxyfunctional polydimethyl silicone), BYK -310 for Inks (a solution of a polyester modified dimethylpolysiloxane in xylene), BYK®-323 ( polymethylalkyl methylaralkyl siloxane), BYK®-333 for Inks (a polyether modified polydimethylsiloxane), BYK -346 (a solution of a polyethermodified dimethylpolysiloxane in dipropyleneglycol monomethylether), and BYK®-1660 (an emulsion of siloxylated polyethers).
[00124] Other suitable hose commercially available from Emerald Performance Materials, LLC, Cleveland, OH, such as Foam Blast® 10 (several 100% active silicone antifoam compounds), Masil SF 350 FG (polydimethylsiloxanes), Masil SF 19 (silicone graft- polyether); those commercially available from GE Silicones, Waterford NY, such as SF 18- 350 (containing dimethylpolysiloxanes); and those commercially available from Cognis,
Cincinnati, OH, such as Dehydran 1620 and Dehydran 2620 (alcohol and polysiloxane adduct mixtures).
[00125] Surfactants, which can act as surface tension modifiers, may be characterized with reference to their hydrophobic-lipophilic balance (HLB) number. The HLB number correlates roughly with the solubility of the surfactant in water, with more water soluble materials typically having a higher HLB value. Suitable lecithins for use in the present ink jet inks typically include no more than about 5 wt. % oil and have an HLB number of at least about 9, or, more desirably, at least about 10.
[00126] In one embodiment, the lecithin material used in the present colored fluid formulations may often be characterized as having high polarity, high water-solubility and relatively high HLB (e.g., an HLB of at least about 7 and more suitably, an HLB of at least about 9). Examples of such materials include hydroxylated lecithin material, acetylated lecithin material, and the like. Table B below shows HLB values for a number of commercial lecithin materials. Lecithin material having these characteristics can be made by a process which includes one or more of the known methods of modifying lecithin materials (e.g., physical, chemical, enzymatic, irradiation, etc.). Physical modification refers to blending or co-extruding lecithin materials of different characteristics to provide the desired resulting characteristics. Exposure to high-energy ionizing radiation such as cobalt-60 gamma rays, X- rays and electron beams or to UV radiation in the presence of photosensitizers and oxygen or other atmospheres, may also be used to produce modified lecithin materials characterized by higher polarity and/or higher water-solubility. For example, the lecithin material may be hydroxylated soy lecithin material.
TABLE B. HLB Value of Selected Commercial Lecithins
[00127] Using these surface tension modifiers, food grade colored fluids having surface tensions of less than about 40 dynes per cm at 250C. may be prepared. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a surface tension of no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 250C, further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a surface tension of no more than about 35 dynes per cm at 25°C. and still further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a surface tension of no more than about 32 dynes per cm at 250C.
[00128] The surface tension modifiers are desirably added in small quantities to the food grade colored fluids. For example, in some of the food grade colored fluids provided herein, surface tension modifiers make up no more than about 10 wt. % of the colored fluid. This includes embodiments where surface tension modifiers make up no more than about 5 wt. % of the colored fluid, further includes embodiments where surface tension modifiers make up no more than about 2 wt. % of the colored fluid and still further includes embodiments where surface tension modifiers make up no more than about 1 wt. % of the colored fluid. For example, some of the food grade colored fluids provided herein will contain about 0.05 to 5 wt. % surface tension modifier.
[00129] In some instances, food grade colored fluids containing surface tension modifiers will contain no more than about 10 wt. % water and desirably no more than about 5 wt. % water.
[00130] The food grade colored liquids desirably have relatively low particle contents. As such, some of the colored liquids are solutions of one or more food grade dyes that filterable through a 0.2 μm filter. One measure of the level of particle content may be provided by the silt density index of the colored fluids, which is desirably close to 1. The food grade colored fluids provided herein include, but are not limited to, fluids having an SDI of at least about 0.5. In certain embodiments the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.75. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have an SDI of at least about 0.9 and still further includes embodiments where the colored fluids have and SDI of at least about 0.95.
[00131] Low specific gravity may be advantageous in some applications. In a typical embodiment, the food grade colored fluids may have a specific gravity of no more than 1.13. This includes embodiments where the colored fluids have a specific gravity of no more than 1.10 (e.g., about 1.00 to 1.10).
[00132] The pH values of the food grade colored fluids is not critical, however it may be advantageous to provide colored fluids with an apparent pH of at least 4 and desirably at least 5 to prevent the colored fluids from corroding printer parts. Generally, the colored fluids include, but are not limited to, those having an apparent pH in the range of about 4 to 9. This includes colored fluids having an apparent pH in the range of about 5 to 8. Apparent pH values may be read directly from any suitable, commercially available pH meter. Although these apparent pH values may not be interpreted as an index of hydrogen ion potential nor used in equilibrium computations, they are reproducible and useful for qualitative purposes.
[00133] The following illustrative embodiments are intended to further exemplify the food grade colored fluids. These embodiments should not be interpreted as limiting the scope of the colored fluids disclosed herein.
[00134] A food grade colored fluid containing a food grade dye, about 25 wt. % of a food grade glycol, which may be 1 ,2-propanediol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided. In this colored fluid, the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid, and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid.
[00135] The above-described colored fluid may be further defined by a variety of additional ingredients, properties and range limitations to provide a number of different embodiments of the food grade colored fluids. A few of these embodiments will now be described in more detail. In one embodiment of the above-described colored fluid, the food grade glycol makes up at least about 40 wt. % of the colored fluid. When glycerine is present, the colored fluid may contain at least about 3 wt. % glycerine. In applications where it is desirable to limit the amount of water present, water may make up no more than about 20 wt. % of the colored fluid. In other formulations, the water may account for an even smaller fraction of the colored fluid. For example, any water present may make up no more than about 1 wt. % of the colored fluid. A specific embodiment of the above-described colored fluid may contain about 0.5 to 7.5 wt. % of the food grade dye. The food grade dye in the colored fluid may be FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, FD&C Blue #1 or a mixture thereof. The colored fluid may include one or more synthetic food grade dyes having an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. The colored fluid may also contain a food grade natural dye instead of or in combination with one or more synthetic dyes. The colored fluid may have one or more the following properties: a
viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 600C, a surface tension of about 20 to 60 dynes per cm at 250C, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13, a silt density index of at least about 0.5, and a Brookfield viscosity at 600C. that changes by no more than 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm.
[00136] A food grade colored fluid containing about 0.1 to 10 wt. % food grade dye, about 25 to 95 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, about 1 to 50 wt. % glycerine, and no more than about 35 wt. % water is provided. This colored fluid has a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 600C
[00137] A food grade colored fluid containing a food grade dye, a food grade glycol, optionally glycerine and optionally water is provided. In this colored fluid the food grade glycol and any optional glycerine and water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid. The colored fluid is characterized by a Brookfield viscosity at 600C. that changes by no more than 2 cps over a shear rate range from about 10 to 45 rpm. In one embodiment, the colored fluid contains at least about 25 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol as the food grade glycol. The colored fluid may have a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C and/or a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 250C
[00138] A food grade colored fluid comprising a food grade dye and at least about 25 wt. % 1,2-propanediol is provided. The food grade dye in the colored fluid has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. The food grade colored fluid may optionally include glycerine. In some embodiments, the colored fluid contains at least about 70 wt. % 1,2- propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof. The colored fluid may have a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25°C.
[00139] A food grade colored fluid comprising a food grade dye and at least about 70 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof is provided. This colored fluid has a viscosity of about 35 to 65 cps at 25°C. The amount of 1,2-propanediol in the colored fluid may be substantial. For example, the colored fluid may contain at least about 40 wt. % 1 ,2- propanediol. This includes embodiments where the colored fluid contains at least about 85 wt. % 1,2-propanediol. Glycerine may be present in the colored fluid in amounts of about 2 to 10 wt. %. Alternatively, glycerine may be present in amounts of about 35 to 45 wt. %. The colored fluid may further include isopropanol, ethanol or a mixture thereof. Methylparaben, propylparaben or a mixture thereof may also be present in the colored fluid. In applications
where a low water content is desirable, the colored fluid may contain no more than about 20 wt. % water. This includes embodiments where the colored fluid contains no more than about 1 wt. % water. The colored fluid may contain one or more of the following synthetic food grade dyes, FD&C Red #3, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #5, FD&C Yellow #6, or FD&C Blue #1. In embodiments where the colored fluid contains one or more synthetic food grade dyes, one or more of those dyes may have an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.5 wt. %. This includes embodiments wherein at least one synthetic food grade dye has a chloride content (as sodium chloride) of no more than about 1000 ppm and a sulfate content (as sodium sulfate) of no more than about 1000 ppm. The colored fluid may also contain a natural food grade dye. The natural dye may include one or more the following dyes: a turmeric oleoresin, a cochineal extract, gardenia yellow, gardenia blue, or beet powder. The colored fluid may have one or more of the following properties: a viscosity of about 8 to 14 cps at 600C, a surface tension of about 35 to 50 dynes per cm at 25°C, a silt density index of at least about 0.5, a specific gravity of no more than about 1.13, or a specific gravity of no more than about 1.10.
[00140] A method of applying an edible colorant to a surface of an edible substrate, by ink jet printing any one of the above-described food grade colored fluids directly onto the surface of the edible substrate is provided. The ink jet printing may take place at a range of jetting temperatures. For example, the ink jet printing may take place at a jetting temperature of about 25 to 75°C. This includes methods of printing where the ink jet printing takes place at a jetting temperature of about 50 to about 700C. One or more piezoelectric print heads may be used in the printing process.
[00141] The inkjet printhead may include a pumping chamber, the pumping chamber formed, at least in part, of metal, carbon, or silicon. The printhead may include a nozzle opening. The nozzle opening is defined in metal, carbon or silicon. The printhead may have a nozzle opening of about 50 μm or less. The printhead may have a resolution of 100 dpi or greater. The printhead operates at a jetting temperature of about 500C or more. The system may include a deaeration lung. A particular inkjet printhead is the Spectra Nova- AAA jetting printing module having 256 independently addressable jets that is capable of operation of up to 600 dpi is available from Spectra, Inc., Hanover, N.H.
[00142] Piezoelectric inkjet print assemblies are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,265,315, 4,825,227, 4,937,598, 5,659,346 and 5,757,391 ; and in published U.S. Patent Application No. 2004/0004649, the entire contents of each is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[00143] An edible substrate having any one of the above-described food grade colored fluids applied to one or more surfaces thereof is also provided.
EXAMPLES
[00144] Exemplary embodiments of the present food grade flavored fluids are provided in the following examples. The following examples are presented to illustrate the present food grade flavored fluids and methods for applying the flavored fluids to edible substrates and to assist one of ordinary skill in making and using the same. The examples are not intended in any way to otherwise limit the scope of the invention.
[00145] Instrumentation and Measurements
[00146] Example 1 below provides examples of various food grade flavored fluids. The ingredients (in weight percent) and several physical characteristics of the fluids are provided in Tables 1-5. The physical characteristics presented in the tables were measured as follows. Viscosity measurements were obtained using a Brookfield Programmable LVDV II^Digital Calculating Viscometer and a Brookfield DV III Rheometer Model V3.3LV with ULA spindle manufactured by Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc., Middleboro, Mass. Surface tension measurements were made using the DuNuoy Ring tensiometer method. The DuNuoy Ring tensiometer (Fisher Model 20 manual DuNuoy Ring Tensiometer or CSC Model 70535) may be obtained from Fisher Scientific or CSC Scientific Co., Fairfax, Va. or from companies such as Cole Palmer or VWR. Absorbance measurements were obtained with a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2 UV/Visible Spectrometer. Specific gravity was measured with a weight per gallon cup which meets ASTM methods. A weight per gallon cup accommodates 8.321 grams of water at 77.0° F ( 25° C ). The apparent pH values were read directly from an Orion Model 420A electronic pH meter with an Orion 91-55 electrode, after calibrating the instrument with appropriate buffers and immersing the electrode into the flavored fluids.
[00147] SDI measurements were obtained using a modified ASTM D4189-82 protocol for SDI of water. SDI testing is a method that relates the rate of membrane plugging or
clogging to the quantity of particulate matter in the fluid. In the modified procedure, designated "Heat Test SDI" in the tables, a stainless steel filter funnel (25 mm, 50 ml bowl capacity) was placed over a 250 ml filter flask hooked up to a vacuum and a vacuum gauge. A Pall Versapor® 25 mm, 0.45 μm membrane filter disk was placed in the filter funnel and pre-moistened with a few drops of the fluid to be tested. The vacuum pressure was set to 23 in. of mercury. The fluid to be tested was heat aged for 11 days at 70° C. Heat-aging is not necessary to determine the SDI of the flavored fluids. SDI may be measured substantially immediately after the flavored fluids are prepared. In these experiments, the flavored fluids were heat-aged in order to test the shelf life of the fluids. A high SDI index after the aging process indicates that significant particle formation does not occur and indicates a long shelf life for the fluids.
[00148] After heat-aging, 20 ml of the heat-aged fluid to be tested was poured into the filter funnel and a stopwatch (with a resolution of hundredths of a second) was used to measure the time required for the fluid to pass through the filter. This time was recorded as "Ti." A 160 ml aliquot of the heat-aged fluid to be tested was then poured into the filter funnel and allowed to pass through the filter. Although the time required for this second aliquot to pass through the filter need not be recorded, it is designated "T2." Next, a second 20 ml aliquot of the heat-aged liquid to be tested was poured into the filter funnel and the time required for the fluid to pass through the filter was measured with the stopwatch. This time was recorded as "T3." SDI is then calculated by dividing Ti by T3.
Example 1
[00149] Preparation of Ink-Jettable Flavored Fluids
[00150] This example describes a method for producing non-aqueous food grade flavored fluids from food grade flavors. Seventeen illustrative fluids and flavors for these fluids are shown in Tables 1-5. The flavored fluids were prepared as follows. All ingredients, except the flavor components, were mixed together in a container approved for food use for about 30 to 60 minutes. The resultant solution was then filtered through a 0.2 μm filter. The filtrate was removed to a fume hood where the flavor component was then added. The filtrate and flavored component were stirred together for about 30 minutes to obtain the flavored fluid. The flavored fluid was then filtered with a 0.5 μm filter. The amount of each component making up the flavored fluid is given in wt. %.
TABLE 1
TABLE 4
Glycerine is a 99.7% solution.
TABLE 5
Example 2
[00151] Application of Food Grade Flavored Fluids to an Edible Substrate
[00152] Food grade flavored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and PicoJet. When jetting Sample Al, for example, the printhead is set to 55° C. One example of a printhead which could be used for jetting these fluids is the NovaAAA jetting assembly 256/80 AQ, manufactured by Spectra. Inks
successfully jet at frequencies including 1 kHz to 25kHz. Based on the printhead design and fluid ingredients, fluids may be jettable up to a frequency of 40 kHz. For highest resolution a substrate gap of 1 mm may be desirable. Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted.
[00153] Flavored fluids can be formulated for a variety of end uses. In one embodiment, the flavored fluid imparts one or more flavors to a substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern using a printer. In another embodiment, the flavored fluid enhances the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as printing chocolate flavor on a chocolate snack cake. In yet another embodiment, the flavored fluid provides a flavor different from the primary flavor of the edible substrate, such as printing strawberry flavor on chocolate. In a further embodiment, the flavored fluid provides surprise impact, such as printing hot or sour flavors on a salty snack.
[00154] In an additional embodiment, the flavored fluids impart a flavor image to the substrate using a printer. A flavor image combines taste appeal with visual appeal by printing flavored fluids having both a flavor component and a color component. One or more flavored fluids can be printed onto a substrate to produce a variety of images and patterns exhibiting one or more flavors and colors. The flavor component may have a direct correlation to the image, such as the image of an jalapeno pepper having a jalapeno flavor, or be completely unrelated, such as the image of a grape having a cinnamon flavor. In a further embodiment, the flavor components and color components are in separate fluids. Flavored fluids contain one or more flavor components. Colored fluids contain one or more colored components. Food grade colored fluids suitable for producing images on substrates can be found in U.S. Application Nos. 10/601,064 filed June 20, 2003, 10/918,197 filed August 13, 2004 and 11/149,665 filed June 10, 2005, each of which is hereby fully incorporated by reference. The flavor image is produced by printing at least one flavored fluid and at least one colored fluid onto a substrate either simultaneously or sequentially. When the fluids are printed sequentially, either the colored fluid or the flavored fluid may be printed first. The fluids may be printed onto the substrate in either a random or predetermined pattern using a printer.
[00155] Examples of the various embodiments include: printing sweet, sour, hot, spicy or honey flavors on a potato chip; printing strawberry, chocolate or citrus flavors on snack
cakes; printing sweet, sour, cool or mint flavors on candy products; printing smoky, barbeque, spicy or wasabi on processed food products; printing a bacon flavor onto a dog treat; printing a cheese flavor onto one-half of a cracker and a garlic flavor onto the other one-half of the cracker; printing a strawberry flavor onto one-third of an ice cream bar, a chocolate flavor onto another one-third of the ice-cream bar, and a vanilla flavor onto the remaining one-third of the ice-cream bar; printing a mystery flavor (e.g., apple flavor) onto a colorless, gelatin-based roll-up; printing a strawberry flavor and the image of a strawberry onto a cookie; printing a spicy hot flavor and the image of a volcano onto a slice of bologna; and printing a sour cream & onion flavor and the image of a jalapeno pepper onto a potato chip.
[00156] In some embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to enhance or alter the flavor of the edible substrate. For example, a strawberry flavor fluid is applied to a snack cake. When the consumer eats the snack cake, he senses the strawberry flavor as part of consuming the edible substrate. In other embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary sensory experience. The consumer licks the flavored fluid (or flavor image) off the edible substrate prior to its consumption. The flavored fluid (or flavor image) provides a secondary flavor that is separate from any flavor associated with eating the substrate. In yet other embodiments, the flavored fluids (or flavor images) are used to provide a secondary flavor and enhance the flavor of the edible substrate.
Example 3
[00157] The food grade flavored fluids in Table 6 are particularly well-suited to valve jet printing methods. The amount of each component making up the flavored fluid is given in wt. %.
TABLE 6
[00158] Another food grade flavored fluid with potential applicability to valve jet printing comprises 57.25 wt. % water, 25 wt. % propylene glycol, 12.5 wt. % citric acid, 5.0 wt. % sucralose, and 0.25 wt. % sodium benzoate.
Example 5
[00159] Application of a Secondary Flavored Fluid to an Edible Substrate
[00160] In reference to Example 2, flavored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads and subsequently a second flavored fluid can be applied by precision deposition. Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted a first flavored fluid and sprayed a second flavored fluid to add another flavor experience.
[00161] In some embodiments, a printer imparts one or more flavored fluids to a substrate. In these applications, A USMR Micro-Spray Markers (available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS, St. Petersburg, FL) may apply one or more flavored fluid different from the ones imparted by the printer. For example, one or more flavored fluids can be printed onto a substrate to produce a variety of images and patterns and the spray marker can apply an additional flavored fluid related to the printed image or complementary to the printed image. One example includes printing the image of a jalapeno pepper and spraying or precision depositing a jalapeno flavor. The flavor component may have a direct correlation to the image, such as the image of the jalapeno pepper having a jalapeno flavor, or be completely unrelated, such as the image of a grape having a cinnamon flavor. Another example includes printing an image of a strawberry and spraying or precision depositing a chocolate flavor on the printed image, or a portion thereof.
Example 6
[00162] The composition comprised the sweetener/acid base below with the addition of a Lemon Flavor (percentages are given in wt. %).
liHjiedients
Water, Reve rse Osmosis 82 4706
Potassium Ben zoate 0 0318
Potassium Sorbate , Gran ular 0 0168
Potassium Citrate 5 5485
Sucralose 81600 PWD 0 4709
Acesulfame K 0.099
Citric Acid Anhydrous 11 3624
T om I 100.0000
[00163] K07328-Acesulfame K was obtained from Nutrinova, K12730-Sucralose 81600 PWD was obtained from Tate & LyIe, and the K07639-Citric acid solution (50%) was obtained from Cargill and Jungbunzlauer. Valve jet technology was used to jet the formulation onto a processed fruit snack, particularly, a Fruit Roll-Up fruits snack® (General Mills).
Example 7
[00164] Using precision deposition, 0.7898 mL of each of the formulations in Examples 1 , 3, 4, and 6 is sprayed onto a variety of edible substrates (e.g., roll-up snacks, snack cakes, and gums). The USMR Micro-Spray Marker, available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL), is set to an atomizing air pressure of 15 PSI and the spraying aperture is set to spray a 0.75" diameter. The edible substrate is static, and the spray duration is 800 milliseconds. The spray head is held 2-3" from the edible substrate during deposition.
Example 8
[00165] Example 7 is followed except pressures ranging from 18-24 PSI are tested at 1 PSI intervals.
Example 9
[00166] Using precision deposition, 0.7249 mL of each of the formulations in Examples 1, 3, 4, and 6 is sprayed onto a variety of edible substrates (e.g., roll-up snacks, snack cakes, and gums). The USMR Micro-Spray Marker, available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL), is set to an atomizing air pressure of 15 PSI and
the spraying aperture is set to spray a 0.75" diameter. The edible substrate is static, and the spray duration is 800 milliseconds. The spray head is held 2-3" from the edible substrate during deposition.
Example 10
[00167] Example 9 is followed except pressures ranging from 18-24 PSI are tested at 1 PSI intervals.
Example 11
[00168] The strawberry flavor in Table 2 of Example 1 is precision deposited to the following using the technique of Example 7: chocolate; snack cakes; an ice cream bar (with or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla); an edible image of a strawberry on a cookie; cookies such as chocolate or chocolate chip cookies; and other flavors such as chocolate or vanilla onto a chocolate cookies.
Example 12
[00169] The strawberry flavor in Table 5 of Example 1 is precision deposited to the following using the technique of Example 9: chocolate; snack cakes; an ice cream bar (with or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla); an edible image of a strawberry on a cookie; cookies such as chocolate or chocolate chip cookies; and other flavors such as chocolate or vanilla onto a chocolate cookies.
Example 13
[00170] The vanilla flavor in Table 1 of Example 1 is precision deposited using the technique of Example 7 onto ice cream (with or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla) and cookies (without or without other flavors such as chocolate and vanilla).
Example 14
[00171] The sour flavor in Table 3 of Example 1 is precision deposited using the technique of Example 9 onto a salty snack; a potato chip; candy products; and the center of a starburst image on a gelatin-based roll-up.
Example 15
[00172] The sour cream & onion flavor in Table 5 of Example 1 is precision deposited using the technique of Example 7 onto a potato chip and the image of a jalapeno pepper on a potato chip.
Example 16
[00173] The magenta and red edible inks set forth in Examples 19, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32 are ink jetted onto a commercial potato chip using the technique set forth in Example 24 to form an edible image of a flame. The balls of fire flavored fluids of Example 1 are precision deposited using USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL) according to the technique according to Example 7. The flavored fluids are deposited 1) before ink jetting of the image; and 2) after ink jetting of the image.
Example 17
[00174] The yellow edible inks set forth in Examples 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, are ink jetted onto a marshmallow using the technique set forth in Example 24 to form an edible image of a banana. The banana flavored fluids of Example 1 are precision deposited using USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL) according to the technique according to Example 9. The flavored fluids are deposited 1) before ink jetting of the image; and 2) after ink jetting of the image. In another embodiment, the edible image of the banana is ink jet printed onto a banana flavored snack cake, and the banana flavored fluids are precision deposited specifically onto the image to provide an extra burst of banana flavor. The flavored fluids may be precision deposited before or after the image is ink jet printed.
Example 18
[00175] The blue and cyan edible inks set forth in Examples 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, and 49 are ink jetted onto a bagel using the technique set forth in Example 24 to form the image of blueberries. The strawberry flavored fluids of Example 1 are precision deposited using USMR Micro-Spray Markers available from UNIVERSAL STENCILING & MARKING
SYSTEMS (St. Petersburg, FL) according to the technique according to Example 7. Accordingly, the image and the flavor do not correlate, providing an element of surprise or novelty. The flavored fluids are deposited 1) before ink jetting of the image; and 2) after ink jetting of the image.
Instrumentation and Measurements for Examples 19 - 49
[00176] Examples 19 through 23 below provide examples of various food grade colored fluids. The formulations (in weight percent) and several physical characteristics of the fluids of Examples 19 through 23 are provided in Tables 7-13. The physical characteristics presented in the tables were measured as follows. Viscosity measurements were obtained using a Brookfield Programmable LVDV H+ Digital Calculating Viscometer and a Brookfϊeld DV III Rheometer Model V3.3LV with ULA spindle manufactured by Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc., Middleboro, Mass. Surface tension measurements were made using the DuNuoy Ring tensiometer method. The DuNuoy Ring tensiometer (Fisher Model 20 manual DuNuoy Ring Tensiometer or CSC Model 70535) may be obtained from Fisher Scientific or CSC Scientific Co., Fairfax, Va. or from companies such as Cole Palmer or VWR. Absorbance measurements were obtained with a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2 UV/Visible Spectrometer. Specific gravity was measured with a weight per gallon cup which meets ASTM methods. A weight per gallon cup accommodates 8.321 grams of water at 77°F. (250C). The apparent pH values were read directly from an Orion Model 420A electronic pH meter with an Orion 91-55 electrode, after calibrating the instrument with appropriate buffers and immersing the electrode into the colored fluids.
[00177] SDI measurements were obtained using a modified ASTM D4189-82 protocol for SDI of water. SDI testing is a method that relates the rate of membrane plugging or clogging to the quantity of particulate matter in the fluid. In the modified procedure, designated "Heat Test SDI" in the tables, a stainless steel filter funnel (25 mm, 50 ml bowl capacity) was placed over a 250 ml filter flask hooked up to a vacuum and a vacuum gauge. A Pall Versapor® 25 mm, 0.45 μm membrane filter disk was placed in the filter funnel and pre- moistened with a few drops of the fluid to be tested. The vacuum pressure was set to 23 in. of mercury. The fluid to be tested was heat aged for 11 days at 7O0C. Heat-aging is not necessary to determine the SDI of the colored fluids. SDI may be measured substantially immediately after the colored fluids are prepared. In these experiments, the colored fluids
were heat-aged in order to test the shelf life of the fluids. A high SDI index after the aging process indicates that significant particle formation does not occur and indicates a long shelf life for the fluids.
[00178] After heat-aging, twenty ml of the heat-aged fluid to be tested was poured into the filter funnel and a stopwatch (with a resolution of hundredths of a second) was used to measure the time required for the fluid to pass through the filter. This time was recorded as " T|" A 160 ml aliquot of the heat-aged fluid to be tested was then poured into the filter funnel and allowed to pass through the filter. Although the time required for this second aliquot to pass through the filter need not be recorded, it is designated "T2." Next, a second 20 ml aliquot of the heat-aged liquid to be tested was poured into the filter funnel and the time required for the fluid to pass through the filter was measured with the stopwatch. This time was recorded as "T3." SDI is then calculated by dividing Ti by T3.
[00179] Unless stated otherwise, percentages are given as weight percentages.
Example 19 - Preparation of Non-Aqueous Food Grade Colored Fluids
[00180] This example describes a method for producing non-aqueous food grade colored fluids from food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine. Three illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Table 7. The colored fluids were prepared as follows. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, methylparaben and propylparaben were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 500C. for approximately 20 minutes. The FD&C dyes were then added while mixing, the heater was turned off, and mixing continued for about one hour. Next the isopropanol was added, the mixing continued for another ten minutes and the mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The resulting colored fluid was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter.
TABLE 7. Non-aqueous Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
[00181] Each of the FD&C dyes listed in Tables 7-9 and 11 -13 are available from Sensient Colors, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
Example 20 - Preparation of Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluids
[00182] This example describes a method for producing low water content food grade colored fluids from food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine. Seven illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Tables 8 and 9. The colored fluids were made according to the procedure described in Example 19 above, with the exception that the water and any sodium hydroxide present were added during the initial mixing step.
TABLE 8. Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
TABLE 9. Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 21 - Preparation of Food Grade Colored Fluids from Natural Dyes
[00183] This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from food grade natural dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine. Four illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Table 10. The colored fluids were made according to the procedure described in Example 19 above, with the exception that any water present was added in the initial mixing step and the natural dyes were added in the second mixing step, rather than the FD&C dyes.
TABLE 10. Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations Made From Natural Dyes
a. A natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc., containing 7.5 wt. % cochineal in propylene glycol. b. A natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc. c. A natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc., containing 7.7 wt. % ethyl alcohol, 90.8 wt. % propylene glycol and 1.5 wt. % oleoresin turmeric which itself contains 48-50 wt. % curcumin with a balance of flavor and gum components d. A natural food dye obtained from Sensient Colors, Inc.
Example 22 - Preparation of Low Inorganic Salt Content Food Grade Colored Fluids
[00184] This example describes a method for producing low inorganic salt content food grade colored fluids from low salt food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine. Three illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Table 11. The colored fluids were made according to the procedure described in Example 19 above.
TABLE 11. Low Inorganic Sale Content Colored Fluid Formulations
e. The formulation for this low salt blue dye is presented in Table 1, above. f. The formulation for this low salt yellow dye is presented in Table 1, above.
Example 23 - Preparation of Low Viscosity Food Grade Colored Fluids
[00185] This example describes a method for producing low viscosity food grade colored fluids from food grade FD&C dyes, 1 ,2-propanediol and glycerine. Three illustrative formulations and colors for these formulations are shown in Tables 12 and 13. The colored fluids were prepared as follows. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, water and Docusate sodium were mixed together at 4O0C. for approximately 20 minutes. The FD&C dyes were then added while mixing, the heater was turned off, and mixing continued for about one hour. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The resulting colored fluid was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter.
TABLE 12. Low Viscosit Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
TABLE 13. Low Viscosity Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
[00186] This Colored fluids can be printed through commercially available printing equipment employing printheads manufactured by manufacturers of piezo printheads such as Spectra, Xaar, Hitachi and Pico Jet. When jetting Sample P, for example, the printhead is set to 6O0C. One example of a printhead which could be used for jetting these fluids is the NovaQ jetting assembly 256/80 AQ, manufactured by Spectra. Inks successfully jet at frequencies including, but not limited to, 1 kHz to 20 kHz. Based on the printhead design and ink ingredients (formulations) inks may be jettable up to a frequency of 40 kHz. For highest resolution a substrate gap of 1 mm may be desirable. Substrates such as cookies, crackers, breads, marshmallows, and other edible items in a wide variety of shapes and thickness may be jetted.
Example 25 - Preparation of Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Sorbitan Ester Surface Tension Modifier
[00187J This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and Tween® 80, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate surface tension modifier; Tween® 65, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate; and Tween 60, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate. The formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 14. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, Tween®, and deionized water were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 400C. for approximately 10 minutes. The FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 4O0C. for approximately 30 minutes. The resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter. Next the isopropanol was added, the mixing continued for another ten minutes.
TABLE 14. Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 26 - Preparation of Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Fatty Acid Surface Tension Modifier
[00188] This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and Sylfat® FA-I, a surface tension modifier composed of a mixture of oleic and linoleic fatty acids. The formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 15. The 1,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 400C. for approximately 10 minutes. The FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 4O0C. for approximately one hour. The resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter. Finally, the Sylfat® FA-I was added to the mixture.
TABLE 15. Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 27 - Preparation of Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Polyglycerol Ester Surface Tension Modifier
[00189] This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and Santone® 8-1-0, a octaglycerol monooleate surface tension modifier. The formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 16. The 1,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 400C. for approximately 10 minutes. The FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 400C. for approximately one hour. The resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter. Finally, the Santone® 8-1- 0 was added to the mixture.
TABLE 16. Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 28 - Preparation of Low Surface Tension, Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Sorbitan Ester Surface Tension Modifier
[00190] This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and Tween 80, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate surface tension modifier. The formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 17. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 400C. for approximately 10 minutes. The FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 400C for approximately one hour. The resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter. Finally, the Tween® 80 was added to the mixture.
TABLE 17. Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 29 - Preparation of Low Surface Tension, Low Water Content Food Grade Colored Fluids Containing a Sorbitan Ester Surface Tension Modifier
[00191] This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and Tween® 60, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate surface tension modifier and Tween® 65, a polyoxytheylene sorbitan tristearate surface tension modifier. The formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 18. The 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 400C. for approximately 10 minutes. The FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 400C. for approximately one hour. The resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter. Next the
isopropanol was added and the mixing continued. Finally, the Tween was added to the mixture.
TABLE 18. Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 30 - Preparation of Low Surface Tension, Low Water Content Food Grade
Colored Fluids Containing a Lecithin Surface Tension Modifier
[00192] This example describes a method for producing food grade colored fluids from a low chloride food grade FD&C dye, 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and Yelkin® 1018, a hydroxylated lecithin surface tension modifier. The formulations for the food grade colored fluids are provided in Table 19. The 1,2-propanediol, glycerine, deionized water and NaOH were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 4O0C. for approximately 10 minutes. The FD&C dye was then added while mixing at 400C. for approximately one hour. The resulting mixture was then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter. Next the isopropanol was added and the mixing continued. Finally, the Yelkin 1018 was added to the mixture.
TABLE 19. Low Surface Tension Food Grade Colored Fluid Formulations
Example 31 - Preparation of Food Grade Colored Fluids
[00193] The following colored fluids were prepared:
TABLE 20. Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN
TABLE 21. Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP
TABLE 23. Food Grade Magenta Colored Fluid RR
TABLE 24. Food Grade Yellow Colored Fluid SS
TABLE 25. Food Grade Black Colored Fluid TT
% Ingredient
89.22 Propylene Glycol, USP/EP
6.00 Glycerine 99.7% USP/EP, OPTIM
3.00 Water, Deionized
1.00 FD&C Yellow No 5 IJG POWDER
0.65 FD&C Blue No 1 IJG POWDER
0.03 1.0 N NaOH
TABLE 27. Food Grade Blue Colored Fluid W
% Ingredient
89.00 Propylene Glycol, USP/EP
6.00 Glycerine 99.7% USP/EP, OPTIM
3.00 Water, Deionized
0.49 FD&C Red No 3 IJG POWDER
1.4 FD&C Blue No 1 IJG POWDER
0.01 1.0 N NaOH
TABLE 28. Food Grade Magenta Colored Fluid WW
TABLE 31. Food Grade Black Colored Fluid ZZ
[00194] The 1,2-propanediol and glycerine were mixed together in a container approved for food use at 500C for approximately 20 minutes. The FD&C dyes were then added while mixing, the heater was turned off and mixing continued for about one hour. The mixtures were allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Next, if included, the isopropanol was added, and the mixing continued for another ten minutes. The resulting colored fluids were then filtered with a 0.2 μm filter prior to use in Examples 14-31.
Example 32 - Colored fluids from Food Grade Colored Fluids and BYK®-333.
[00195] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from Food Grade Colored Fluids and BYK®-333. 0.4 g of BYK®-333 was added to 396.6 g of each of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN and Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluids were mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 29.5 for the fluid prepared with Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN and 29 for the fluid prepared with Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP.
[00196] 1.2 g or 4.2 g of BYK®-333 was added to 1198.8 g or 1195.8 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP respectively, to a final concentration of 0.1% or 0.35%. The fluid containing 0.1% BYK®-333 had a pH of 7.29, a viscosity of 48.3, a surface tension of 30.0, a specific gravity of 1.0541 and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) of 0.703. The fluid containing 0.35% BYK®-333 had a pH of 6.5, a viscosity of 47.1, a surface tension of 26.2, a specific gravity of 1.0529 and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) of 0.650.
[00197] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN and mixed for 30 minutes. The colored fluid was printed with a piezo inkjet printhead.
[00198] 0.2 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.8 g of Food Grade Magenta Colored Fluid QQ and mixed for 1 hour. Some sludge was noted. The fluid had a pH of 7.78, a viscosity of
48.6, a surface tension of 38.0, a specific gravity of 1.06497 and an absorbance at 526 nm (1/2000) of 1.1441.
[00199] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Magenta Colored Fluid RR and mixed for 1 hour. A dye residue line was noted. The fluid had a pH of 7.61, a viscosity of 46.0, a surface tension of 35.6, a specific gravity of 1.0662 and an absorbance at 526 nm (1/2000) of 1.163.
[00200] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Yellow Colored Fluid SS and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.63, a viscosity of 49.6, a surface tension of 29.5, a specific gravity of 1.05983, and an absorbance at 426 nm (1/2000) of 0.56.
[00201] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Black Colored Fluid TT and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.29, a viscosity of 46.6, a surface tension of 35.9, a specific gravity of 1.1010, and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/2000) of 0.647, at 575.7 nm (1/2000) of 0.3201, and at 409.1 nm of 0.156.
[00202] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Yellow Colored Fluid UU and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.35, a viscosity of 48.9, a surface tension of
37.7, a specific gravity of 1.0589, and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/2000) of 0.538.
[00203] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Blue Colored Fluid VV and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.13, a viscosity of 48.7, a surface tension of 27.3, a specific gravity of 1.0602, and an absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) of 0.572.
[00204] .0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Magenta Colored Fluid WW and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.38, a viscosity of 48.8, a surface tension of 32.9, a specific gravity of 1.0602, and an absorbance at 526.4 nm (1/2000) of 1.1291.
[00205] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid XX and mixed for 45 minutes. The fluid had a pH of 6.79, a viscosity of 44.4, a surface tension of 34.6 and 29.9, a specific gravity of 1.04694, and an absorbance at 629.4 nm (1/4000) of 0.6497.
[00206] 0.1 g of BYK®-333 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Yellow Colored Fluid YY and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.62, a viscosity of 54.2, a surface tension of 35.9 and 29.7, a specific gravity of 1.05055, and an absorbance at 426 nm (1/2000) of 0.5565.
[00207] 1.6 g of BYK®-333 was added to 1.6 Liters of Food Grade Black Colored Fluid ZZ and mixed for 1 hour. The fluid had a pH of 7.22, a viscosity of 49.2, a surface tension of 32.9 and 31.6, and a specific gravity of 1.0938.
Example 33 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-020
[00208] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-020. 0.1 g of BYK®-020 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 38°C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled. The surface tension was 40.
Example 34 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-067A
[00209] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-067A. 0.1 g of BYK®-067A was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 41.4.
[00210] 0.5 g of BYK®-067A was added to 99.5 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 41.3.
Example 35 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-080A
[00211] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-080A. 0.1 g of BYK®-080A was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 4O0C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 41.3.
[00212] 0.15 g of BYK®-080A was added to 99.85 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O0C. The surface tension was 41.4.
Example 36 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN and PP and BYK®-308
[00213] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-308. 0.1 g of BYK®-308 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 34.2 at 300C and 38.0 at 250C.
[00214] 0.15 g of BYK®-308 was added to 99.85 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 4O0C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 32.0.
[00215] 0.15 g of BYK®-308 was added to 99.85 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN prior to the addition of the blue dye. The components were mixed for 10 minutes at 400C. The blue dye was added and mixing continued for 1 hour at 400C, then mixed and cooled to 300C and filtered through a 0.2 μm filter. Foam layer was noted at filtration. The surface tension was 37.0. Before filtration the surface tension was 32.3.
Example 37 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-1660.
[00216] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-1660. 0.1 g of BYK®-1660 was added to
99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 4O0C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 38.0.
[00217] 0.05 g of BYK®-1660 was added to 99.95g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 32.0.
Example 38 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Foam Blast® 10
[00218] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Foam Blast® 10. 0.1 g of Foam Blast® 10 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 36.0. 0.2 g of Foam Blast 10 was added to 99.8 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C.
[00219] 0.15 g of Foam Blast® 10 was added to 99.85 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 37.2.
Example 39 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and Masil® SF 350 FG
[00220] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and Masil® SF 350 FG. 0.1 g of Masil® SF 350 FG was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 38.0.
[00221] 0.2 g of Masil® SF 350 FG was added to 99.8 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 35.3.
Example 40 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-024
[00222] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-024. 0.1 g of BYK®-024 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 29 or 26.4.
Example 41 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-085
[00223] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-085. 0.1 g of BYK®-085 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 36.3.
Example 42 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-323
[00224] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-323. 0.1 g of BYK®-323 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O0C. The surface tension was 37.5.
Example 43 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Masil® SF-19
[00225] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Masil® SF-19. 0.1 g of Masil® SF-19 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 37.0.
[00226] 0.2 g of Masil® SF-19 was added to 99.8 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O0C. The surface tension was 38.2.
Example 44 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and SF18-350
[00227] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and SFl 8-350 (commercially available from GE). hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O0C. The surface tension was 37.0.
Example 45 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and BYK®-310
[00228] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID NN or PP and BYK®-310. 0.1 g of BYK®-310 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid NN. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 30°C. The surface tension was 39.0. The pH was 6.72, the viscosity was 45.4 cps, the specific gravity was 1.0474, and the absorbance at 629 nm (1/4000) was 0.0511.
[00229] 0.1 g of BYK®-310 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 30.5.
Example 46 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-346
[00230] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-346. 0.1 g of BYK®-346 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 37.3.
Example 47 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-301
[00231] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and BYK®-301. 0.1 g of BYK®-301 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O0C. The surface tension was 36.5.
Example 48 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRAPE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehvdran® 1620
[00232] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehydran® 1620. 0.1 g of Dehydran® 1620 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 300C. The surface tension was 38.3.
Example 49 - Colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehvdran® 2620
[00233] This example describes a method for producing colored fluids from FOOD GRADE CYAN COLORED FLUID PP and Dehydran® 2620. 0.1 g of Dehydran® 1620 was added to 99.9 g of Food Grade Cyan Colored Fluid PP. The fluid was mixed at 400C for 1 hour, then mixed and cooled to 3O0C. The surface tension was 32.4.
[00234] The invention has been described with reference to very specific and illustrative embodiments. However, it should be understood that many variations and modifications may be made while remaining within the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims
1. A method of imparting flavor to an edible substrate comprising precision depositing a first food grade flavored fluid onto a surface of an edible substrate.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising precision depositing a second food grade flavored fluid onto the substrate, the second food grade flavored fluid having a different flavor than the first food grade flavored fluid.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the edible substrate has a flavor which is the same as the first food grade flavored fluid, and applying the first food grade flavored fluid onto the edible substrate intensifies the flavor of the edible substrate.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the edible substrate has a flavor different from the first food grade flavored fluid.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the first food grade flavored fluid comprises a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the first food grade flavored fluid further comprises at least one of glycerine, water, and a combination thereof.
7. The method of claim 5, wherein the first food grade flavored fluid further comprises an additive comprising at least one of a surface tension modifier, a thickening agent, an antioxidant, a preservative, a buffering agent, an antimicrobial agent, a vitamin, a nutrient, a dye, a pigment, a lower alcohol, and a combination thereof.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the first food grade flavored fluid comprises a food grade dye, pigment, or combination thereof.
9. The method of claim 1 , wherein the precision deposition applies the food grade flavored fluid in a round shape having a diameter of about 1/16" to about 2", in a stripe having a width of about 1/8" to about 2", or combinations thereof.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the precision deposition applies the food grade flavored fluid using spot marking.
11. The method of claim 8, wherein the first food grade flavored fluid is applied onto the surface of the edible substrate using precision deposition to form an image.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the food grade flavor correlates with the image.
13. The method of claim 1 1, wherein the food grade flavor does not correlate with the image.
14. The method of claim 1, further comprising ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid onto the substrate to form an image.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises a food grade dye, glycerine, at least about 25 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, and a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, polyol esters of fatty acids, lecithins and mixtures thereof; wherein the 1,2-propanediol, glycerine and any optional water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid, and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, about 25 to 95 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, about 1 to 50 wt. % glycerine, about 0.01 to 5 wt. % surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, and esters of fatty acids, and no more than about 10 wt. % water; wherein the colored fluid has a surface tension of no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25° C.
17. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, food grade glycol, glycerine, and a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, polyol esters of fatty acids, and mixtures thereof; wherein the food grade glycol, glycerine and any optional water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid; and any water present makes up no more than about 10 wt. % of the colored fluid; and further wherein the colored fluid has a surface tension of no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25° C.
18. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, at least about 50 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, and a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, and esters of fatty acids; wherein the food grade dye has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.1 wt.
%.
19. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, no more than about 10 wt. % water, a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, and esters of fatty acids, and lecithins; and at least about 70 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
20. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye; a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, polyol monoesters and esters of fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, lecithins and mixtures thereof; and at least about 70 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof and comprising at least about 10% 1,2-propanediol.
21. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade flavor correlates with the image.
22. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade flavor does not correlate with the image.
23. The method of claim 14, further comprising applying a second food grade flavored fluid to the surface of the edible substrate using precision deposition.
24. The method of claim 14, wherein the food grade flavored fluid comprises a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol.
25. The method of claim 1, wherein the edible substrate comprises at least one of snack chips, fabricated snacks, extruded snacks, pretzels, cookies, cakes, chewing gum, pellet gum, candy, hard candy, taffy, various bread products, fruit, dried fruit, beef jerky, crackers, pasta, hot dogs, sliced meats, cheese, pancakes, waffles, dried fruit film, processed fruit snacks, breakfast cereals, toaster pastries, ice cream cones, ice cream, gelatin, ice cream sandwiches, ice pops, pudding, yogurt, desserts, cheese cake, pies, cup cakes, chocolate, iced cakes and cookies, marshmallows, vanilla wafers, English muffins, muffins, pizza, pies, meat patties, fish sticks, pharmaceutical applications, and pet food applications such as treats, snacks, and food.
26. The method of claim 1, further comprising applying a food grade flavored fluid and a food grade colored fluid onto the edible substrate using precision deposition to create an edible flavor image thereon.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the precision deposition applies the food grade flavored fluid in a round shape having a diameter of about 1/16" to about 2", in a stripe having a width of about 1/8" to about 2", or combinations thereof.
28. The method of claim 26, wherein the precision deposition applies the food grade flavored fluid using spot marking.
29. The method of claim 26, wherein the food grade flavored fluid and food grade colored fluid are applied simultaneously onto the edible substrate.
30. The method of claim 26, wherein the food grade flavored fluid is applied after the food grade colored fluid.
31. A method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate, the method comprising: ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid comprising a food grade dye, a food grade glycol, and a surface tension modifier to create an image; and spraying a food grade flavored fluid onto the edible substrate.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade glycol comprises 1 ,2-propanediol.
33. The method of claim 31 , wherein spraying comprises precision depositing the flavored fluid.
34. The method of claim 31 , wherein precision depositing comprises applying the food grade flavored fluid in a round shape having a diameter of about 1/16" to about 2", in a stripe having a width of about 1/8" to about 2", or combinations thereof.
35. The method of claim 31, wherein precision depositing comprises applying the food grade flavored fluid using spot marking.
36. The method of claim 31 , wherein the flavored fluid comprises a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol.
37. The method of claim 31 , wherein the colored fluid correlates with the flavored fluid.
38. The method of claim 31 , wherein the colored fluid does not correlate with the flavored fluid.
39. The method of claim 31 , wherein the colored fluid correlates with the substrate.
40. The method of claim 31 , wherein the colored fluid does not correlate with the substrate.
41. The method of claim 31 , wherein the flavored fluid correlates with the substrate.
42. The method of claim 31, wherein the flavored fluid does not correlate with the substrate.
43. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises a food grade dye, glycerine, at least about 25 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, and a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, polyol esters of fatty acids, lecithins and mixtures thereof; wherein the 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine and any optional water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid, and any water present makes up no more than about 35 wt. % of the colored fluid.
44. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, about 25 to 95 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, about 1 to 50 wt. % glycerine, about 0.01 to 5 wt. % surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, and esters of fatty acids, and no more than about 10 wt. % water; wherein the colored fluid has a surface tension of no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25° C.
45. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, food grade glycol, glycerine, and a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, polyol esters of fatty acids, and mixtures thereof; wherein the food grade glycol, glycerine and any optional water make up at least about 90 wt. % of the colored fluid; and any water present makes up no more than about 10 wt. % of the colored fluid; and further wherein the colored fluid has a surface tension of no more than about 38 dynes per cm at 25° C.
46. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, at least about 50 wt. % 1,2-propanediol, and a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, and esters of fatty acids; wherein the food grade dye has an inorganic salt content of no more than about 0.1 wt.
%.
47. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye, no more than about 10 wt. % water, a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, and esters of fatty acids, and lecithins; and at least about 70 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof.
48. The method of claim 31, wherein the food grade colored fluid comprises food grade dye; a surface tension modifier selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, fatty acids, polyol monoesters and esters of fatty acids, mixtures of fatty acids, lecithins and mixtures thereof; and at least about 70 wt. % 1 ,2-propanediol, glycerine or a mixture thereof and comprising at least about 10% 1 ,2-propanediol.
49. A method of providing a flavored image on an edible substrate, the method comprising: ink jet printing a food grade colored fluid to create an image; and spraying a food grade flavored fluid comprising a food grade flavor and a food grade glycol onto the edible substrate.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US81694306P | 2006-06-28 | 2006-06-28 | |
US60/816,943 | 2006-06-28 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2008003069A2 true WO2008003069A2 (en) | 2008-01-03 |
WO2008003069A3 WO2008003069A3 (en) | 2008-04-17 |
Family
ID=38846569
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2007/072416 WO2008003069A2 (en) | 2006-06-28 | 2007-06-28 | Flavored and edible colored fluids for printing on edible substrate |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2008003069A2 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2011117013A1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2011-09-29 | Nestec S.A. | Enhancing the appearance of food products |
WO2011117012A1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2011-09-29 | Nestec S.A. | Enhancing the nutritional value of food products |
WO2014188079A1 (en) * | 2013-05-23 | 2014-11-27 | Åbo Akademi University | Printed dosage forms |
JP2017517270A (en) * | 2014-06-12 | 2017-06-29 | ジ アディティブ アドバンテージ エルエルシー | Methods for applying flavoring to chewing gum and other edible substrates |
Family Cites Families (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6623553B2 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2003-09-23 | John Russell | Printing process with edible inks |
US20040086605A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2004-05-06 | Sox Thomas E. | Composition for delivering a high intensity sweetener |
ATE454046T1 (en) * | 2004-06-10 | 2010-01-15 | Sensient Imaging Technologies | FOOD GRADE INKJET INKS FOR PRINTING ON EDIBLE SUBSTRATES |
US7442399B2 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2008-10-28 | Kraft Foods Holdings, Inc. | Aroma-producing compositions for foods |
US8137721B2 (en) * | 2004-08-18 | 2012-03-20 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Ink jetting inks for food application |
WO2007005063A1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-01-11 | Sensient Imaging Technologies Inc. | Ink-jettable flavored fluids for printing on edible substrates |
JP2009529921A (en) * | 2006-03-22 | 2009-08-27 | フジフィルム ディマティックス, インコーポレイテッド | Printing images and flavors on the substrate |
US20070231432A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Wm Wrigley Jr. Company | Sales methods for a printed comestible product |
-
2007
- 2007-06-28 WO PCT/US2007/072416 patent/WO2008003069A2/en active Application Filing
Cited By (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2011117013A1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2011-09-29 | Nestec S.A. | Enhancing the appearance of food products |
WO2011117012A1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2011-09-29 | Nestec S.A. | Enhancing the nutritional value of food products |
CN102905564A (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2013-01-30 | 雀巢产品技术援助有限公司 | Enhancing appearance of food products |
CN102905563A (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2013-01-30 | 雀巢产品技术援助有限公司 | Enhancing nutritional value of food products |
RU2560189C2 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2015-08-20 | Нестек С.А. | Food products appearance improvement |
WO2014188079A1 (en) * | 2013-05-23 | 2014-11-27 | Åbo Akademi University | Printed dosage forms |
US20160101108A1 (en) * | 2013-05-23 | 2016-04-14 | Åbo Akademi University | Printed dosage forms |
JP2017517270A (en) * | 2014-06-12 | 2017-06-29 | ジ アディティブ アドバンテージ エルエルシー | Methods for applying flavoring to chewing gum and other edible substrates |
EP3154364A4 (en) * | 2014-06-12 | 2017-12-20 | The Additive Advantage LLC | Method of applying flavor to chewing gum and other edible substrates |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2008003069A3 (en) | 2008-04-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20080032011A1 (en) | Flavored and Edible Colored Fluids for Printing on Edible Substrates and Precision Deposition Thereof | |
EP1902107B1 (en) | Method fpr applying ink-jettable flavored and colored fluids on edible substrates | |
US7842320B2 (en) | Food grade ink jet inks for printing on edible substrates | |
US7842319B2 (en) | Food grade colored fluids for printing on edible substrates | |
US9113647B2 (en) | Flavored and edible colored waxes and methods for precision deposition on edible substrates | |
CN101006144B (en) | Ink jetting inks for food application | |
EP1551930B1 (en) | Edible inks for ink-jet printing on edible substrates | |
US20100166934A1 (en) | Edible inks | |
JP2018100336A (en) | Aqueous ink composition for inkjet, discoloration suppression method of printed image of solid formulation, and solid formulation | |
EP2970702A1 (en) | Inkjet printing with edible ink | |
JPH09302294A (en) | Edible ink for ink jet printing | |
US20060251776A1 (en) | Ink jet printing system | |
WO2008003069A2 (en) | Flavored and edible colored fluids for printing on edible substrate | |
US7247199B2 (en) | Food grade ink jet inks for printing on edible substrates | |
JP2004168880A (en) | Inkjet ink | |
AU2018249530B2 (en) | Coating composition and method of making and using the same | |
JP2003261802A (en) | Ink-jet ink and egg having image formed on its shell using this |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 07799155 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: RU |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 07799155 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |